Fl./. lau^d hy Jyd Hdwiir.ls. Lt'nJon fuhllfluJ Mar LIS06 hy GrKearJej Ileet Sireff. Ejuj nired- hy f San/f r, (^hri Htii' Apt 'c V II If )it . J '/Jic<>/'/i jB ca nf 3 reech . THE NEW BOTANIC GARDEN, ILLUSTRATED AVITH ®nt ^utiovtX^ anil Ci)irtj)'tl)ree i^lants, ENGRAVED BY SANSOM, FROM THK ORIGINAL PICTURES, AND COLOURED WITH THE GREATEST EXACTNESS FROM DRAJVINGS BY SYDENHAM EDWARDS. LHSRARY M;vV YOJ^K bOl AMCAL LONDON: PRINTED rOil JOHN STOCKDALE, PICCADILLY, BY T. BENSLEY, BOLT-COURT, FLEET-STREET. 1812. CONTENTS. Plat«. ''*ee. C Acanthus Mollis Smooth Bear's Breech 1 ' I Jsclepias Tuberosa Orange Apocynum 4 ■{ !: Agrostemma Coronnria Rose Campion 11 aIuIiusu Officiiia/is Officinal Bugloss 13 Jijiiilegia "Canadensis Canadian Columbine 15 Jcttca Racemosa American Herb Christopher 18 f Jsapanl/tits Umhellalus African Agapanthus 21 ^ 1 Jsphodelus Luteus Yellow Asphodel 23 ( Anemone Hortoinis Star Anemone 20 ■* I A/lnica Minor Lesser Albuca 37 Arhutm Unedo Strawberry Tree 41 A/i/ssum Saxati/u Yellow Alyssum 45 „ r Anthcricnm Liliaslrum Savoy Anthericinn 50 [ Amaryllis Formossirna Jacobean Amaryllis 54 . r A 132 ^ ^ Coiivullarid Maja/is Lily of the Valley 134 I Cfiint/ie Major Great Honey-Wort 13Ci _ f Chelidonhini Glaucuin Yellow-Hornetl Poppy 138 ( Chtus Ladanifenis Gum Cistus 139 ^ , Crassii/a Cucciiiea Scarlet-flowered Crassula 144 f Lrassiii, I Ct/tistis 22 [ Hi Labunnun Laburnum 146 f Cyclamen Pasiciini Persian Cyclamen 149 ■^ I Crocus Fentus Spring Crocus 152 # C Dahlia Pinnata Purple Dahlia 156 •^ I Dalilia Crocata Yellow Dahlia H,, ^,^r Dap/ine Cneoniin Trailing Daphne iGo "" 1 Dracocepha/um Virginianum Virginian Dragon's Head 163 „. f Delphinium Elatuni Larkspur I67 " 1 Dia/ithus Barbatui Sweet William 169 Dodecatheon Meadia Mead's Dodecatheon 185 Dictaninus Albus White Traxinella 186 0„ f Echinops Sphccrocephalus Great Globe Thistle , , . 159 *"^ \ Eryngiuni Alpiiiuni Alpine Eryngo igo Erica Grandijiora Great-flowered Heath 194 Epilobium Angustifoliani Rose-Bay Willow-IIerb 202 p , f Fritillaria Imperialis Crown Imperial 204 '"* 1 Funiaria Cava Hollow-Rooted Fumitory 207 ofiX Gcnliuna Araulis Large-flowered Gentian 209 1 Glycine Rubicuiida Dingy-flowed Glycine 212 2_ f Helleborus Viridis Green Hellebore 215 \ Hypericum llircinuni Fetid St. John's Wort 218 ^,„ f Ilemerocallis Fulva Town Lily 22 1 ( Hibiscus Syriacus Althea Frutex 223 ._ f Ixia Chinciisis Chinese Ixia 227 . i Iberis Gibralturica Gibraltar Candy Tuft 232 Iris Gerrnauica German Iris 235 ♦ 30-^ Iris Versicolor Various-coloured Iris ib. Variegatu '. . . . Vai legated Iris ib. . . f Kalinia Glauca Glaucous Kalmia 245 X Linuni Arborcuin Tree Flax 247 , -^ r Helianthus Multijlorus Perennial Sun-flower 252 *' I Hedysarum Obscuruni Creeping-Rooted Hedysarum 255 „„ f Lavatera Trimeslris Annual Lavatera 258 ( Lathyrus Sativus Blue-flowered Lathyrus 2(53 r Lychnis Chalcedunica Scarlet Lychnis 266 - 34 ^ Lencojum Feniiim S|)ring Snow-Flake 27 1 (. Lysimachia Nuin/nularia Creeping Moneywort , , , 274 C Iris ){Iris I Iris CONTENTS. . f Lohelci Cardiiialis Scarlet Lobelia, or Cardinal's flower . . . 276 ^^ I Li/ifii Comlidum Wliite Lily 279 r Mifd/'i/if Jdlapn jNLirvel of Peru 288 oC)\ Mh'osa Se})sitiva Sensitive Plant 2f)2 \il/);(f/«/a Didtjiud Scarlet Monarda 303 „_ C 'Si'^clla Damasreiia Love in a Misl. Devil in a Buali 306 ■'' I flaiciasiis Joii'/uil/a lonqiiil 309 (Ne/iiml)iiim Sptrioniim Chinese AV'ater-Lily '^^ ■ No/a)in Prostrntu '{'railing Nolana id. ■^ Oeiiolheni I'lHlicom Shrubbery Oenothera 31<) ^* I Organum Dictamiiits Dittany of Crete 323 5 Primuld Feris Oxlip 327 i Ptconia Tenuifolia Pine-leaved Piuony 342 / f Pancratium Mariliimim Sea Pancratium 347 ^' 1 Soldanclla A'.pina Alpine Soldanella 3.30 r Piipaver Orienlnlr Eastern Poppy 332 '^'XPiilmoiKnia Virgijucn Virginian Lung- Wort 35,5 f PhiladelphuH Coronaiins Common Pliiladelphus 358 ^'^ \ Passifloia Cant/cfi Common I'assion flower 360 f Philddelphm Conmariia Syringa, or Mock Orange 370 ^^ I Pohiiiuiiiinn Carn/aun Bhie (ircek V alerian 372 f Phlox Paniadata Panicled Lychnidea 374 45 \ Po/i/s,'i//i Chanirtbiriiis Box-leaved Milkwort 378 t P/ii/sa/is Alkeheiigi Winter Cherry 380 P 5 Riidberkia Purpurea I'urple Rudbeckia 385 '*" \ Rosa Lutea Single yellow Rose 388 .„ y Phododeiidron P out i cum Pontic Rhododendron 402 ' I llobiuiit Jlispida Rose Acacia 405 f Sipuphylufii, Orieuta/e Eastern Comfrey 410 /a ludica '. Indian Sage 412 ' X Salv C Saiiguiuaria Canadensh Canada Puecoon 420 I Suxifraga Crasaifo/ia Oval -leaved Saxifrage 421 ^ r Si/riuga i'u/garis Lilac 427 "^ I Sarracena F/uva Yellow S.irracena 429 „ S Scabiosa Ati'opurpurea Sweet Scabious 432 ■^ i Scilla Cumpanu/afa Bell-flowered Squill 437 .440 .446 ^ C Sedum yJuucampserus Evergreen Orpine \ Sophura Tctraplcra Wing-Podded Sophora ^„ C Sempervivum Arachnoideum Cobweb Hoiiscleek 450 ■^•^ \ Stre/itzia Regina Canna-leaved Slrelitzia 453 f Solidago Stricta Willow-leaved Golden Rod 455 54 < Senecio Elcgans Double Purple Groundsel 4G0 {. Spartiurn Juiueu/n , . Spanish Broom 462 CONTENTS. Plate. Pnge. f Spiraa Lobiita Lobe-leaved Meadow Sweet 46t) \ Sisyrinckiiim Iridioidcs Iris-leaved Sisyrincliium 47 1 r Tradescatitia virginica Virginian Spiderwort 474 56) Trillium Sessile Sessile Trillium 475 (^ Thalictnan Aquilegifolium Feathered Columbine 476 ,57 Tropaolum Majiis Greater Nasturtium 479 C Valerian Rubra Red Valerian 481 \ Veronica Sibirica Siberian Speedwell 485 f Vinca Rosea Madagascar Periwinkle 489 ^^ I Viburnum Tinus Laurustinus 492 C Wachendorfia Paniculala Panicled Wachendorfia igs I Viter Negundo Five-leaved Chaste Tree iOO TO THE BINDER. Plate I to face the Title-page to Vol. I. Plate LIII to face the Title-page to Vol. II. 1 VURK ..i.MCAL OAKUdN PLATE I. 1. ACANTHUS MOLLIS, SMOOTH beau's BREECH. Tins oeniis comprehends several hardy herbaceous plants of the perennial liowerhig kind, which arc in use for the purpose of orna- ment in pleasure-grounds, &c. and also one of the evergreen shrubby » sort for the stove. It is of the class and order Dnh/uomia Angiospcrmin, and ranks in the natural order oi Personal cb. The characters are: that the calyx is a perianthiuni, with leatlels in three alternate pairs, unecpial, and pcrnianenl: the corolla singlc- petalled and unequal, having a short tube closed with a beard: no upper lip; very large under lip, which is flat, straight, very broad, thrce-lobed, obtuse, and of the length of the upper lip of the calyx : the stamina have four fdaments, subulate, shorter than the corolla, the two upper rather longer, recurved and incurved at the lop: the antherce are oblong, compressed, obtuse, the lateral ones parallel, ,. and villous before: the pistillum has a conical germ, a filiform style '^ of the length of the stamina, and two acute lateral stigmas: the pericarpium is a subovate pointed capsule, two-celled and Iwo- valved, with a contrary partition, alternate claws, curved and fas- tened to the partition: the seed is ovate, gibbous and single, but / sometimes double. ^ The species most commonly cultivated are: 1. A. mollis. Smooth u3 Acanthus; 2. A. spinosus, Vnckly Acanihus; 3. A. ilicifolius, lioWy- cTj leaved Shrubby Acanthus. *^ The first, or Smooth Acanthus, according to Miller, has the stem ^ from two to three ieet in height. The leaves are oblong, smooth on both sides and shining, from a span to a foot in length, divided deeply into opposite ovate lobes, which are bluntly toothed and finely ciliate about the edges, placed on roundish petioles, with a flat channel running along the upper surface. Both the leaves and flower stems rise directly from the root : tlie former, by spreading closely upon the ground in circular clusters, produce a good effect. But though the leaves are said to be smooth, they are not without v/hite bristles on both sides, especially along the nerves. The flow- ers are white, and come out from about the middle to the top of the slalk. They make their appearance in July or August, continuing in blow a month or six weeks, and then produce seed. There is a variety of this plant in which the leaves are larger and less sinuated, the upper side shining. The second sort, or Prickly Acanthus, has the leaves deeply jagged in very regular order; each segment is terminated by a sharp spine, as are also the petioles and the calyx of the flowers, so that the plant is troublesome to handle. In both these species the leaves and stalks are annual. The Holly-leaved Acanthus is an evergreen shrub, which rises about four feet in height, dividing into many branches; the leaves being similar to those of the common holly both in size and shape, and also armed with spines in the same manner. The flowers come out singly in an upright raceme at the end of the stalk, are white, and shaped like those of the Common Acanthus, but smaller. The two first are thick, fleshy, fibrous-rooted plants, which spread considerably, and penetrate the earth to a great depth. They are found in their native state in Spain, Italy, and Portugal ; but grow without difficulty in the open ground in this climate. The last is a very tender plant, which in this climate requires the constant heat of the stove to preserve it. It is a native of South America, and also of both tlie East and West Indies. It is retained in hot-houses for the purpose of variety. Culture. — Both the Smooth and Prickly Acanthus are found to succeed in any common soil without much attention to the nature of the exposure, and are said by ISIiller to be lasting plants, which may s be propagated cither by seeds or llic parting of" the roots. If by the former mclhod, the seed should Ije sown in u light dry soil towards the end of March, cither in slight drills or on the plain surface, and immediately raked in. When the season proves favourable, the plants appear in May, and all the after-culture they require is to keep them clean from weeds, and, where they stand too close, to thin them out, so as to leave them ai)out six inches apart ; which is room suflicient for them to grow in until the autumn, when they .shovdd be transplanted into situations where they are designed to remain. 'J'he first, as being the most tender, is advised to be planted in a warm border near a wall, and which, as the plants do not mul- tiply so fast by their roots, do not require more room than about three feet ; but the second, as it spreads its roots to a great distance, should have more than twice that space. From this last sort being hardy, it may hv. projicr to be planted between shrubs to fill up va- cant spaces ; where it will grow without difficulty, provided the ground be light and not over wet; and when in flower will thus make an agreeable variety'. When they are propagated by their roots, the operation may be performed either in spring or autumn: but the Ibrmer should only be removed in the spring; for, if transplanted in the au- tumn, and the following Avinter should prove cold, it will run the hazard of being destroyed. The roots in these cases should not be parted too small, and the plants be at once placed out where they are to remain. As these plants take very deep root, when planted in wet ground, the roots are liable to rot in the winter. They have frecpiently been traced more than four feet: they should not therefore be wholly removed after they have been growing long in a place; but the side shoots be annually taken off, olherwi?e they will be apt to spread so far as to overpower the neighbouring plants or shrubs. The remaining culture is only that of affording the flowering stems due support when it becomes requisite, and carefully clearing away the decayed stalks in the autumn. When these plants are once established in a piece of ground, they are observed by Miller to be eradicated with great difficulty. 4 Bolli the Smooth and Prickly Acanthus are mosllj kept in the nurseries for the purpose of sale. The Shrubby species of Acanthus may be propagated with the greatest certainty by sowing seed that has been procured from abroad, in pots; to be plunged in a bark-bed in the stove until the plants are raised, when they are to be managed in the same manner as other hot-house plants. Layers and cuttings likewise sometimes succeed, when planted in pots and placed in the same situations. 2. ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA, ORANGE APOCYNUM. This genus comprises various plants of the flowery, perennial, herbaceous, and shrubby exotic sorts; and of the Swallow-wort and Dog's-banc kinds. It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Digi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of Contortce. The characters of which are: that the calyx is a five-cleft, sharp, very small, permanent perianthium. The corolla monopetalous, flat or reflex, five-parted: the divisions ovate-acuminale, slightly bending with the sun. The nectaries five, growing to the tube of the fila- ments below the anthers, fleshy, or cowled ; protruding from the bottom a sharp horn, bending inwards. The stamina consist of five filaments collected into a tube, swelling at the base: the anthers oblong, upright, and two-celled, terminated by an inflex membrane lying on the stigma, having a reversed wing on each side, growing broader downwards with its edge contiguous to the next. The pol- len is collected into ten corpuscles, inversely lanceolate, flat, hanging down into the cells of the anther by short threads, frequently flex- uose; which are annexed by pairs to five cartilaginous, twin tuber- cles, each placed on the tip of the wings of the anthers, adhering to the angles of the sligiua, between the antlicrs. Tiie pislillum con- sists of two oblong acuminate germs; styles two, subulate: stigma. common to both, large, thick, five-cornered, covered at top l)y the apexes of the anthers, umbilicate in the middle. The pericarpium has two follicles, large, oblong, acuminate, swelling, one-celled, one-valved. The seeds numerous, imbricate, crowned with down: the receptacle is membranaceous and free. The species are very numerous, but those most commonly in cullivalion are; 1. J. v/nceto.ikui/i. Common Swallow-wort, or Tame-poison; 2. .4. n/iira, Black Swallow-wort; 3. A. Sijriaca, Sy- rian Swallow-wort, or Dog's-banc; 4. A. pnipiirasccita, Purple \'ir- ginian Swallow-woit, or Dog's-bane; 5. -i. verticillafa, ^'erlici^atc Swallow-worl; (i. yl. decitmbais, Decumbent Swallow-wort, or Dog's- bane; 7- A. fubernsa, Tuljcrous-rooled Swallow-wort, or Dog's-bane; 8. A varicguta, \'ariegated Swallow-wort; 9- A. arborescens. Arbo- rescent Swallow-worl; 10. A. f'ruticosa. Shrubby or Willow-leaved Swallow-wort; 11. A. undulata. Wave leaved Swallow- wort; 12. A. crispu, Curled-leaved Swallow- wort; 13. A. ciirassavica, Curassoa Swallow-worl, or Bastard Ipecacuanha; 14. yl. voliibi/is, Twining Swallow-wort; 15. yl. gigantia. Curled Howered Gigantic Swallow- wort. The first species has the root very large and much branched: it is composed of many strong fibres, which are connected at the top, like those of Asparagus. From this arise many stems, in number proportioned to the size of the root, near two feel high, very slender at the top, woody, round, hairy, and not branched. The leaves are cordate-ova le, acuminate, smooth, hardish, quile entire, glaucous- green, the midrib and sometimes the edge of the leaves a hllic hiiiry: the petioles short. Peduncles axillary, many-flowered, re- sembling proliferous umbels. The calyx small, green, divided at the end into five brislles. 'i'he corolla is commonly white: the follicles ovate-acuminate: the seeds small, l)rown, and wrapped in Avhilc cotton. It flowers in June, sometimes in May, and continues flower- ing to August, and is a native of most parts of the continent of Europe. 6 It is said to vary, with yellow flowers; and there is a variety with broader leaves. The second species agrees with the above in llie shape of its roots, leaves, and flowers; but the stalks extend to a greater length, and toward their upper part twist round any slicks or other plants near ihetn ; and the flowers are black. It is by no means so common as the foregoing, having been found only in the south of France, the mountains about Nice, and in Spain. It flowers at the same time with the other. The third creeps greatly at the root, and sends up strong stems upwards of four feet high; towards the top of them the flowers come out on the side; these are of a worn-out purple colour, smelling sweet; and sometimes they are succeeded here by large oval pods. It flowers in July, and is a native of North America. The French in Canada eat the lender shoots in spring as Asparagus. The flowers arc highly odoriferous. The fourth species has many stems, as thick as the little finger, at bottom quadrangular Avilh blunted angles, and of a brownish green colour; above round and green, a little hairy. The leaves are on short petioles, from four to six inches long, and two or three broad; the midrib purple. The flowers have the petals of a dusky herba- ceous colour, the horns of the nectaries pale and gaping, not erect but horizontal. It is a native of North America, and flowers from July to September. The fifth species rises with slender upright stalks, at the top of which grow umbels of small white flowers, appearing in July, but never succeeded by pods in this climate. The leaves are frequently four together. The peduncles forming an umbel are opposite to the leaves. It is a native of North America. The sixth has declining stalks, which arc hairy, and eighteen inches in length. The leaves are narrow. The umbels grow at the extremity of the branches,arc compact, and the flowers of a bright orange colour. It is a native of North America. In the seventh species the stems are a foot high, hairy, round, and dusky red. The leaves alternate, except on the upper part of the stem, lielow where it branches are generally two leaves, and at the place of branching four: on the branches themselves the leaves are again alternate. The tlouers are of a bright orange colour. 'J'he tuberous roots very large. It is a native of North America, and flowers from the end of July to September, sometimes ripening seed in this climate. The eighth, according to Ijinnanis, is allied to the third; but Dil- lenius thiid, repand. (Jne luubel of yellow flowers terminates the stem. Found al the Cape of Good Hope. The thirteenth species has the stem Iron) a foot to two or three 8 feet in height, upright, simple, or generally so, round, pubescent, and milky. The leaves opposite and decussated, pelioled, acute, entire, and smooth on both sides. The flowers in umbels: umbellules terminating, or opposite to the terminating leaflet in pairs, pedun- cled. Involucre none, but only a few subulate leaflets. The pe- duncle the length of the leaves: pedicels shorter, one-flowered. Ca- lyx of five, lanceolate, reflex leaflets : corolla reflex. Nectaries five, round the middle corpuscle, ovate, ear-cowled obliquely inwards, with a little horn from the nectareous base, sabre-shaped, bent in- wards. In the middle is a truncate corpuscle, hollowed at the tip, bluntly five-cornered, covered with five scales at the sides, and gaping with as many chinks. Scales hollowed within. Glands five, roundish, black, to which are fixed above, within the scales, pairs of glandu- liferous pedicels, in place of anthers; these glands are oblong, pel- lucid, panduriform, and filled with prolific moisture. Germs two, ovate, acuminate; styles two, subulate, hid within the column; stigmas simple, and obtuse. Follicles oblong, acuminate, toothless, ventricose, and smooth. It is a native of South America, the West- Indian Islands, and China near Canton, and flowers from June to September. The fourteenth species is quite smooth, with shining branches. The leaves petiolcd, ovate-subcordate, and veined. The umbels (juite simple, on peduncles the length of the petiole. The flowers greenish. It is a native of Malabar, Ceylon, &c. - • The fifteenth rises to six or seven feet in height. The leaves are thick; the flowers white; the pods very large; the base of the pe- tiole bearded above. The nectaries do not put forth awl-shaped horns, but solid converging plates. It flowers from July to Sep- tember. Culture. — The method of propagating the diflerent hardy kinds, as the first eight species, is by parting the roots and planting them out, cither in the autumn as soon as the stems decay, or in the early spring months before the new shoots are protruded. They require a rather dry soil, as when there is too much moisture they are apt to have their roots destroyed by it in the winter season. They are like- wise capable of being raised iVoni seed, when it can be procured, by sowing it in beds or pots of ligiit fresh earth in the spring months. With the seventh and eighth species, the pots should be plunged in a hot-bed, and as soon as the plants present themselves they should be exposed gradually to the influence of the open air to strengthen their srowth, and when sufficiently vigorous, be cither pricked out on warm borders, or in the situations where they are to remain. In the former method they must be transplanted the March following into the places where they are to grow. In either mode occasional shade and water nmst be provided, and in the winter the roots be protected from the action of the frost by being covered with old tan, litter, or mats. These two sorts may also be occasionally increased by planting the offsets in the early spring. They last many years when proper care is taken of them in the winter; but do not bear frequent removing well, or flower so strongly under such circumstances. In the culture of the ninth and three following sorts the pro- tection of a green-house is essentially necessary in the winter season. The ninth and tenth kinds may be increased cither by seeds or cuttings. In the first manner the seed should be sown in small pots filled with a light earthy compost, placing them in a hot-bed; and when the plants have attained a proper degree of size and strength they must be pricked out into separate pots, a due degree of shade and water being given till they have stricken fresh root, and after- wards as occasion may require. The eleventh, twelfth, and other Cape sorts, may be propagated by sowing the seeds in the latter end of March or beginning of April on a moderate hot-bed, covered with light mould, under glasses, or even sometimes in the open air; and when the plants are become sufficiently strong and a few inches in height, they may be placed out into separate small pots filled with light fresh earth, being at first properly shaded and supplied Avith moisture: after being fully rooted they may be exposed in warm situations in assemblage with other c 10 exolic plants till the beginning of the autumn, when liiey must re- ceive the shelter of the green-house. The principal attention which is afterwards necessary with plants of this description is, that of properly potting them as they increase in size, and carefully exposing them in the open air during the summer months. These sorts are likewise capable of being raised by setting the cuttings of the shoots in the latter end of the summer in shady situa- tions, and after they have stricken good roots carefully removing them into pots, to be managed as the seedling plants. • ' The thirteenth and following kinds require to be kept constantly in the stove of the hot-house. They may be increased by sowing the seeds in the spring either on a hot-bed, or in pots, and plunging them into the hot-bed; the plants, when sufficiently grown, being in the first mode transplanted into separate pots of good earth, to be, as in the latter method, plunged into the tan-bed in the stove of the hot-house. Plants of the thirteenth species should be annually raised, as they decline in the production of flowers after the first year. The first kinds may be employed in the fronts of the clumps and borders of pleasure, or other grounds, where they have a good effect in mixture with other plants of similar growth. The second sorts afford an agreeable diversity in the green-house during the winter, and in the compartments about the house in the summer season. Those of the last descriplion present a pleasing variety among other stove plants. Tl.2 Tainfefi />y Syd.-K/^'warth ZonJon .TvhhfkrJ.Jiim I 2(i0.% hv GKr^zr^'Uy J;lr^t ^tiwf ( nyF.Sanfot Af/n\rft//(fff4/ ff'/f'//r///t/ .//'/////,/// r//n .■ /////f.t ^ Jiff////ry/f^/ ^v//^*V/// //.»/./■. Jicor// /;/€> ///^-ly/ ^2i. f'sr ff/ //f />//'// t fpi i//tf/ lii/i/lf^.. ' ( ,///ttj/ir//t f i>/ii/)i/>i '/r :i //uriiii/i/l'-rO f Vi / i.v/erc they are to continue, as in this way they grow with more vigour. The third sort can only be raised from seeds, which should be sown in the autunm; and the planls, when they have put out three or four leaves, be removed into the places where they are to grow. In the latter mode the slips or parted roots may be planted out, either on beds or in the places where they are to grow, in the autumn or early spring. In the former case the plants are usually allowed a sunnner's growth before they are removed. In either v,ay the tops of the roots should be covered three or four inches with mold. They usually flower in the following summer. The first species multiplies rapidly by roots, but the second more sparingly, and does not bear transplanting so well, as it is rendered jTiore weak in its flowerins;. The variety with while flowers is less hardy than cither of these species. In severe winters it is useful to protect the roots by the applica- tion of tan or stable-dung; and the stems should be annually cleared away when they begin to decay in the autumn. These plants atibrd considerable variety, when properly inter- mixed will) others of the flowering hardy kinds in the borders and other parts of j)leasure-grounds, producing a good etfect from their continuing long in blow. £ PLATE IV. 1. ANEMONE HORTENSIS. STAR ANEMONE. This genus comprehends several plants of the tuberous-roolecl flowery ornamental kind; being perennial in their roots, but annual in their slems and flowers. It belongs to the class and order Poli/andria Polt/gi/uia, and ranks in the natural order of MultisiUqua. The characters are: that it has no calyx; that the corolla has petals in two or three rows, three in a row, somewhat oblong: the stamina have numerous filaments, capillary, half the length of the corolla: the anthers twin and erect: the pislillum has numerous germs in a head, the styles acuminate, and the stigmas obtuse: no pericarpiiun : the receptacle globular or oblong, hollowed, and dot- led: the seeds very many, acuminate, retaining the style. The species are very numerous; but tliose that most deserve the Cultivator's attention in the Anemone kind are: 1. A. coronaria. Nar- row-leaved Garden Anemone; 2. A.hortensis, Broad-lcavcd Garden Anemone; 3. A. nonorosa. Wood Anemone; 4. A. apcmiina, Moun- tain-blue Wood Anemone; 5. Ji. ranunculoidcs, Yellow-MOod Ane- mone. In the fust species the flower-stems rise between the leaves im- niediatelj' from the roots, two, three, or more from the same root, to the height of eight, ten, or twelve inches, having a leaf}' appendage or involucrum a little above the middle. The radical leaves are deeply divided into numerous segments, which are subdivided by threes into many narrow divisions. At the top each stem is adorned with a flower, which in the double sorts is large and very ornamentah FU ■ /til /Nt /ir /if'rfr/itw . ///,/,, ri f )////■ , ///,////'/ irl ml/If/' /,/■/■ ■ l//l/ll,l 27 It is a native of the Levant, uherc it grows single, bul has been ren- tierecl double by cultivation. The varieties are very numerous: in the single sorts, the Watchet or Pale Blue; the Common Purple; the Scarlet, and many intennc- (liate varieties. In the double kinds, the Connnon Double Wed and Scarlet; the Parti-coloured Crimson; the Crimson Velvet; lhe(Jreat Double Blush; the White; the Lesser Blush; thePurph;; the Blue; the Rose-coloured; the Carnation; the Purple Vrlvcl; ilit; Purple Velvet of three colours; the Double^ ]>rimslone; the Green, &c. . ', In the second sort the stems rise to the same height. According lo Haller, the root-leaves are of two kinds; one very dc(>ply gashed, so that they have the appearance of being five-fingered, but are in reality three-parted, the side-lobes being two-parted lo the very base; all the lobes are narrow and sharp: the side ones deeply bifid, the middle ones trifid or quadrifid, the extreme ones sharj)ly lanceolate: the other kind broad, deeply ihree-lobed, blunt, bluntly and shortly serrate at the tip, with an awn standing out. The leaf on the stem, or involucre, is ternate, the leaflets ovate-lanceolate. The peduncle is solitary and one-flowered, as in the first: the petals three times three (in the natural single flowers,) long, elliptic, marked with lines, the outer ones subhirsute on the outside, white at the base with oreen lines. The roots in this as well as the first consist of small tubers. There are several varieties of this both with single and double flowers: the single and double Yellow: the Purple Starre Anemone, darker and paler; Violet Purple; Purple striped; Carnation; Grede- line, between a peach-colour and a violet; Cochenillc, of a fine red- dish violet or purple; Cardinal, oi'a rich crimson red; Bloud-red, of a deeper, but not so lively a red; Crimson; Stamell, near unto a scarlet; Incarnadine, of a fine delayed red or flesh-colour; Spanish Incarnate, of a lively flesh-colour, shadowed with yellow; Blush, of a fair whitish red; Nutmegge, of a dark whitish colour, striped with veins of a blush-colour; Monk's-gray, pale whitish tending to a gray; Great Orenge Tawnie; Lesser Orenge Tawnie: in the double, the great double Anemone of Constantinople, or Spanish Marigold ; (Treat double Orenge Tawnie; double Anemone of Cyprus; double Persian 28 iXnernone; the common great double Variable Anemone; common double and variegated Scarlet; Red and Purple; variegated of these colours. The best Star-Anemones are said to come from B.'itlany, where lliej raise yearly many fine sorts. In the third species the root is perennial and creeping. The height of the whole plant from five to ten inches: the stem single, round, and pubescent; bearing one leaf, and one flower. The leaf is doubly ternate; each part being petioled; the petiole is flat and broad, particularly at the base; each part, or leaf (for some consider it as three leaves) is triiid; each leaflet being gash-serrate, and hairy imderneath, especially on the nerves. The peduncle is from an inch to two inches in length, is only a continuation of the stem, and springs from the centre of the leaf. The flower consists of six or seven ob- long- ovale petals, sometimes ending bluntly, sometimes emarginate, and the Editor of Miller's Dictionary has observed them not unfre- quently even gashed or lacerate. The usual colour is white, but they are often tinged with purple on the outside, particularly the three outer ones; and sometimes they are entirely purple on both bides. The joint of the stem, and the backs of the leaves are also apt lo be tinned with red. ■■ The varieties are: with single flowers, with double Avhite flowers, with single purple flowers, with double purple flowers, and with red- dish [)urple flowers. In (he fourth species the root is perennial and tuberous; the stem round, purplish, and about a span high: the root-leaves on long petioles, ternate, and leaflets usually three-parted; the segments va- riously cut and divided, somewhat pointed, hairy on both sides; one three-parted leaf, or three leaves together on the stem, like the others, but on short, sheatliing petioles. From the centre of these arises the peduncle, about a hand high, round and purplish, except near the flower, where it is green. The stem, leaves, and peduncle, are com- monly slightly hairy: the flowers are upright, of a pale blue colour, and sweet smell; the petals oblong, from twelve to fifteen, and dis- {)oscd in three rows. It flowers in April. 29 The vaiiclies arc: wiili single blue flowers, wiih double blue flowers, wilh single violcl-C(;loui\cl flowers, Milh doul)lc violet- coloured flowers. The fifth differs from the above in having a yellow corolla, two pelals allcrnalely outer, and two inner, and one having one side wilhin and the other side wiliioul the next j)clal; whereas that has thrc^e outer and llueo inner |)etals: it dilfers also in the peduncles being accompanied wilh two leaflets, the latter of which is furnished wilh tbrce at the ba^c. It flowers a little earlier than the other. ]t lias sometimes two flowers on a stem, though often but one, the pe- duncles villose and short, so that the flower scarcely rises above- the leaves: the petals are Ave, and roundish; the stamens about, iifl^'. It grows vvild in Sweden, &c. In the Pulsatilla, or Pascjue-flowcr sort, the species are: l.A. jndmtilla, Pas(pie-flower; 2. A. patens, Woolly-leaved Pulsatilla, or Anemone; 3. A.vernalis, Early Spring Pulsatilla, or Anemone. In the first species the j)cd uncles arc erect and round, from four (o seven or eight inches in height, villose, one-flowered; lengthening after the flowering is past. The involucre multifid, with the divisions linear and villose. It sits close to the flo^v■er, but when that is fallen it is found almost in the middle of the peduncle. The corolla spe- cious, and purple in colour; the pelals lanceolate, and villose with- out; the seeds ovate, tailed, hairy, and scarcely adhering to the receptacle: the leaves rough and linely cut, with three or four pairs- of pinnas and pinnules. It grows naturally in Sweden, and flowerS: in April. The varieties are; with single blue flowers, with double blue flowers, Avith single and double while flowers, with single and double red flowers, and with violet-coloured flowers. ' . The second has the root perennial ; the root-leaves are ternate- digitalc; leaflets sessile, laciniate and acuminate, the middle leaflet tripartite, the side ones bipartite; the scape one-flowered, shorter than the leaves; the involucre remote and villose; the corolla while and villose underneath; the stamens yellow. It is a native of Si-^ bcria. 30 The third species has the flower red without, white within; it blows earlier than the Pasque-flower; the leaves approach those of Meadow-Ruc; tlic stem is half a foot high, with a very tomentose, yellow, shining involucre in the middle, finely cut. When the flower is young, it is white with a blush of purple on the outside, where it is hairy: these hairs afterwards become yellow. The corolla consists of six con vei-genL ovate-lanceolate petals: the stamens are very nu- merous. It grows in the woods in Sweden, (S;c. In the Ilepatica kind the only species is the A. Ilepatka, or Hepalica. In this the leaves of the year before remain, which are heart- shaped, ihree-lobed, obtuse, and smooth, beneath being veined in net-work; the petioles are cylindric, long, and rising: the bud has generally four outer scales, ovale and membranaceous; three inner ones, concealing the leaves and flowers; the peduncles three, cylin- dric, hairy, and one-flowered. The flower lies a year complete in all its parts within the bud. The corolla has six petals in two rows of three each, lanceolate, and spreading: the stamens are about twenty-five: the seeds oblong-ovate, involved in a silky substance; init man}' of them abortive. It is found wild in Sweden, &c. It flowers early. 1'he varieties in cultivation are numerous: the single and double blue, single and double red or j:)each-coloured, single and double white, single and double variegated red and while, single and double violet-coloured, with striped leaves. Culture in the Garden kinds. — All the species and varieties of the garden and wood Anemones are capable of being propagated by otT- sets from, or dividing their roots. By sowing the seed, new varieties may also be obtained. In order to procure the offsets, and dig over and prepare the beds, the best sorts should be annually taken n|) inmiedialely on their leaves beginning to decay, as in the early part of June for the more forward sorts. They nmst then be divided, or have the olfset knobs taken off. 'J'his work should always be performed in a dry season, the root-bulbs, after the earth has been removed, being deposited on 31 a mat, in an airy dry place, uhcie llierc is not much s\in, being spread out in a tliiu mamur. A\ hen ihey arc become quite dry, the remainder of the earth should be rul)i)ed ofl'lhem, and ihey may be ])ut up in bags or boxes, and phieed in a silualion where lliey can- not be injured by vermin. Tlie rools sliould not be loo much parled where they are intended lo flower strongly, and each pari sl-.ouid ho furnished wilh a good eye. AVherc the taking up has biH-n delayed till the roots begin lo make new shoots, it will be loo lale lo remove them that season. In planting the rools or sels thus procured, or which have been })ui chased from the seedsmen, such situations should be chosen for blowing them in as are free from nuich moisture, and where the ex- posure is open to the intluehce of the sun and air, and i'vcc from the shade of trees. They will succeed and flower in lol('ral)Ie perfcclion in any soil that is sutticienlly light and friable in ihe mouKI; i)iit in order to have them blow in ihe greatest perfection, beds should be prepared wilh earlhy mixtures, made by taking oil" ihe surface of such lands as have been long in the slate of sward, to the depth of eight or ten inches, where the earlh is of the light sandy or hazel mould kind, throwing it up tor some lime that it may rot and be- come perfectly mellow; Avhen rotten cow-dung, in the proportion of one-third, should be incorporated wilh it, by having them thrown up together into a licap, and iVequenlly turned ov(m- atterwards; the stones and clods being carefully raked out aiul reduced; but the earth should not be silled, as it is apt i)y such means lo become too stitFand compact. Some advise the addition of drift or sea-sand, in the quantity of about onc-fouiLh. With this earth beds must be formed for the reception of the roots: these should be marked out to the breadlh of about three feet and an half, with length sufficient for the (piantity of roots, having alleys between them of from a loot to eighteen inches. The jjre- pared mould is then to be dug or tilled in to the depth of twelve or sixteen inches, leaving the surfaces of the hods iVom three to six inches above the common level of ihe ground, according to the wet- ness of the soil, giving them a little convexily when there is much 32 moislure. Some recommend the pulling of a layer of well-rolled cow-dung, about five inches in thickness, below the compost materials. The surface of the beds should be raked even before the roots are put in. In planting, six rows should be put in each bed, the roots being set at the distance of six inches from each other in the rows, and to the depth of two or three inches. AVhen this has been done, the surface should be made smooth by raking it over lightly. The time of planting should vary according to that which it is intended they should blow at. The best season where early flower- ing is intended is in llie latter end of September or the beginning of the following month; for a middle flowering, about the middle of October; and for late flowering, the latter end of February. In this mode of planting a succession of flowers may be provided from April till the middle of June. Those roots that are planted the earliest are in general the strongest, and afford the best flowers, as well as the greatest increase of oft-sets. It is always advisable to keep a few roots out of the ground till the spring season, for the purpose of a succession of flowers, and lest the early planted ones should be in- jured by the severity of the winter, which is sometimes the case where they are not covered to protect them from frost. These spring- planted roots flower a fortnight or three weeks after those which were planted in autumn, and many times blow equally as fair, espe- cially if it prove a moist spring, and care be taken to refresh them gently with water. . , ' But the increase of these roots will not be near so great as in those of tl:e first planting, provided they are not hurt in winter; and it is for this reason that those who deal in these roots are forward in plant- ing; as, although it may sometimes happen, by sharp pinching frosts in the spring, that their flowers are not so double and fair as those planted a little later, yet, if they can preserve the green leaves of the plants from being injured, the roots greatly increase in bulk. But in gardens where these flowers are preserved with care there is always provision made to cover ihem from the injuries of the weather, by arching the beds over with hoops or frames of wood, and covering them with garden mats or cloths in frosty nights, especially in the 33 spring of the year, when their buds begin to appear: otherwise, if the best and most double flowers 1)C phuiled, the black frosts and cutting winds in March will often cause them to blow single, by de- stroying the thrum that is in the middle of the llower; — a circum- stance Avhich has often occasioned persons who have bought the roots to think they were cheated, when it was wholly owing to their neglect of covering them. But, besides this mode, these roots may be planted in borders, clumps, and other places, with much success and effect, in mixture with other plants; in which method three, four, or more roots should be planted together in j)atches of the breadth of five or six inches, being properly varied in distance and situation. And whether planted in beds or the borders a showery season should be chosen for the purpose, as in dry weatlier they are apt to become diseased, — proper care being taken to manage the distribution of the colours in such a way as to produce an agreeable variety. 'I'hey may likewise be planted in pots, Avhere the varieties are curious and valuable, three or more roots being put into each; and by being protected by frames, a green-house or hot-house during the winter season, they may be brought forward so as to flower very early and in great perfection. In the wood sorts the proj)agation may be effected in the same manner as in the garden kinds; but the sooner the roots are taken up and divided after the decay of the leaves the bellcr. The wild Anemones should be taken up when the leaves decline, and be planted out in proper situations. In raising new varieties of these plants from seed, some of the .best and most leafy single, or what are usually termed Poppy Ane- mones, should be provided, and planted out early that they may grow vigorously and atlbrd good seed, which should be carefully col- lected a few weeks after their flowering is finished. Some, however, procure the seed from the shops. The best time of sowing is proba- bly in August; but some advise the spring, as in March or the fol- lowing month. This may be performed in boxes, pots, or broad earthen pans, where a small supply of roots only is wanted; but where the demand is great, it is best sown on beds prepared for the F 34 purpose. The proper soil or earlli for this use is ihal of the light sandy kind. The seed should be sown as evenly as possible, but rather thick, and be covered by sifting light mould over it to the depth of about a quarter of an inch. The only attention necessary afterwards is that of occasionally shading the plants from the effects of the sun in hot weather, and giving them a gentle watering now and then. In about six weeks the plants will show themselves, when they should be kept perfectly free from Aveeds till the leaves begin to decay, when a covering of light sifted mould should be again ap- plied, and another in the autumn may sometimes be required. During the winter they should be well protected from the frosts. la the second summer many of the plants will flower, and the best may be marked by a slick; but none should be destroyed till the third year. At this period the roots will begin to be too thick, and at the decay of the leaves must of course be taken uji, which is best done by pass- ins; the mould lhr(jugh a fine sieve. And as Avlien sown in beds many roots will be unavoidably left, they should be levelled, and suffered to remain till the following year. The routs that have been separated should be preserved, as before directed, for future j)lanling. These are all highly ornaincnlal plants, cai)able of being cm- ployed with much efiect in pleasure-grounds: many of them are hardy, flower early, and produce great variety in such situations. The wood sorts are very useful in adorning wilderness quarters. The double sorts, when in beds, afford much beauty and vaiiety. In tlie i)HhatUla kinds the propagation may be accomplished eidier by the seed or dividing the roots. In the first method the seeds should be sown in boxes or pots filled Avith very light sandy earth, and not covered too deep with mould, which will prevent their rising, as they require no more than just to be covered. The boxes should be placed where thej may have the advantage of the morning sun, but be screened from it in the heat of the day; and when the season is dry the earth be refreshed occasionally witli water. Tlic best lime for sowing is in July or August, soon after the seed is ripened; as b^' keeping its vegetative power is apt to be de- 55 slro^'cd. The boxes or pols slioulcl remain in such shady silualions unlil the lK\L',iiir/m^ ol" October, when ihev nia^' b(> nuncil so as lo enjoy the lull sun during ihe winlcM' season. In Marcli, when llie phuits lie-in lo appear, lliey should be a!;aiu iinnoxxul so as to ha\e only (he Ibrciioon sun; tor il'lliey are too much exposed lo heat tire youno- pUuits are soon deslioyed. 'i'liey shouUl bi; relVoshed occa- sionally widi water in ilyy wcadici', and l)e carefully kept clean I'roni weeds. AV lien the leaves are enliiely decayed, the hhAs should be taken uj) in the UKinner directed al)ovc; and as there will be many small roots lell, the earth sliould either lie leturned inlo the boxes again, or spread u[)on a bed of" light earth, lo see what j)lanls may rise the succeeding year. The roots after being thus taken up should be immediately rej)lanted in hvds of light fresh sandy earth, about three or four inches asunder; covering them about three inches thick with the same light earth. The spring following most of the plants a\ ill jiroduce flowers, but not so large or fair as in the succeeding years. As the roots of these plants are fieshy, and generally run down deep, they will not bear to be kept long out of the ground; therefore, ■when lliey are removed, it should be done early in the autunm, that ihey may take fresh root before the frost sets in. In this mode of propagation the plants thrive best in loamy soil; as in very light dry ground they are apt to be destroyed by too much heat. These are plants that afTord variety in the borders of pleasure- grounds, especially the first species and iis varieties, which are hardy, succeeding in almost any situation. In the hepatka kind the propagation may be effected in the single sorts either by the seed or the parting of the roots; but in the double it can only be done by the latter method. The seed of the single flowers frequently, however, produces double ones. New varieties are likewise raised in the former manner. In the first method the most jn-oper season for sowing the seeds is in the beginning of August, either in pots or boxes of light earth, Avhich should be i)laccd so as to have only the morning sun unlil 36 October, when lliey should be removed into tlie full sun to remain during the winter season: but in March, when the young plants be- gin to appear, they must be removed again to a shady situation, and in dry weather be frequently watered; when about the beginning of August they will be fit to be transplanted: at which time prepare a border of good fresh loamy earth, with an eastern aspect; into Avhich remove the plants, placing them about six inches distance each way, closing the earth pretty well to their roots, to prevent the worms from drawing them out of the ground. In the spring follow- ing they begin to show their flowers; but it is three years before they flower strong, till which time their goodness cannot be ascer- tained: when if any double flowers, or such as are of a different colour from the common sorts, be found, they should be taken up and planted in the borders, where they should continue at least two years before they are taken up or parted ; as it is remarkable in these plants, that where they are often removed and parted they are very apt to die ; but when they are permitted to remain some years un- disturbed, they grow rapidly, and become large roots. In propagat- ing them by roots they should not therefore be often parted, or into loo small parts. Double-flowered plants, as they never produce seeds, are only capable of being propagated by parting their roots, which should be done in March, when they are in flower, care being taken not to separate them into very small heads. They should not be parted oftener than every third or fourth year, as they never thrive or blow well where this is the case. These are plants that display much beauty, affording flowers very early in the beginning of the year. The double sorts are the most ornamental, as the flowers in them are much larger, and continue in blow much longer. These should therefore be placed in the most conspicuous situations in the borders or clumps of pleasure-grounds; but the single kinds deserve places for the sake of variety. sr 2. ALBUCA MINOR LESSER ALBUCx\. Tins genus furnishes difterent bulbous-rooted herbaceous peren- nial plants of the flowery ornamental kind. It belongs to the class and order of Hexandria Monogi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of Liliacect. The characters of which are: that it has no calyx: the corolla has six oblong-oval permanent petals, the three outer spreading, and the three inner converging: the stamina have fdaments shorter than the corolla; three opposite to the inner petals, linear-subulate, com- plicate a little above the base, then flat, three opposite to the outer petals, thicker; autherffi on the former oblong, fixed to the inflex tip of the filament, below the middle upright; on the latter, similar, but effete, or none: the pistillum has an oblong triangular germ: style three-sided : stigma a triangular, three-celled, three-valved capsule: the seeds numerous, flat, lying over each other, and widen- ing outwards. The species are numerous; but those mostly for the purposes of ornament are: 1. A. altissima. Tall Albuca; 2. yj. majov, Great Al- buca; 3. A. minor, Small Albuca; 4. A. coarctata, Channel-leaved Albuca; 5. yl. spiralis, Spiral-leaved Albuca. In the first species the leaves are so deeply channelled as to be almost rolled into a cylinder; two feet long, and almost three inches broad at the base. The scape a little shorter llian the leaves, the thickness of a finger. The raceme two icet long or more. The peduncles bent downwards in the season of flowering, afterwards spreading and becoming finally erect; they are three inches in length. The bracteaj green, except at the edge, where they are of a clear white, an inch long. The flowers arc of a white colour; and 38 the petals more ihan an inch in length ; the outer ones sharp and thickened at the lip, but the inner blunt, bent in, and having a twin gland, composed of two globes, at the end. The lertilc filaments are Avavcd on the edge, ^ith the antheriu curved inwards beneatli the glands ot" the petals: the barren filaments are triangular, fur- rowed on the outside, a little longer than the others, and have no antheme. The germ is subpedicelled. Tiie style obversely pyrami- dal, the length of the germ, covered with glandulous scales: the angles terminate in subulate horns, covered also with scales; the centre being elongated into a pyramidal stigma. It flowers in April and May. In the second the scape is a foot high, upright, roundish, very minutely streaked, smooth, and ash-coloured, with a glaucous bloom on it. The leaves are sharp, smooth, and streaked, a foot long. The bractca? are shcath-form, lanceolate, concave, with a long linear- subulate tip, red, nerved, smooth, straight, and solitary, at the base of the peduncles. The raceme terminating, long, of a crimson co- lour, and smooth : the flowers alternate, peduncled, slightly nod- ding; there being fewer at bottom. The peduncles round, smooth, one-flowered, longer than the bractea?, and spreading. The petals linear, longitudinally nerved, marcescent; the three outer broader, a little concave, red, blunt at the entl, bent in with a small marginal scale; tlie three inner narrower, uprigiit, pale red, with a broad, thin, membranaceous, whitish rim on each side, and an ovale, membra- naceous, inflex scale at the tip. The filaments erect, the length of the coroha, linear, membranaceous, Avhitish, joined aL the base, inserted into the receptacle; they are alternately free, and fastened below by a broader base to the inner petals. Antherie from incum- bent upright; on the loose fdaments barren; on the three others Avhilish with yellow pollen, linear, blunt at each end, emarginate, a little curved inwards, convex at the back, plano-concave in front, twin-furrowed. The germ fleshy, pyramidal-cylindric, blunt, crim- son, smooth, with three calluses at the lip, on a short peduncle, ending in several small blunt teeth pressed close to it. 'i'he style very thick, somewhat flatted, with two of the angles nearer to each 39 other, a liltlc allenualcd at the base, j)ubcscciil, red, shorter than the germ. The stigma bhiiit, of a yellowish red colour, pubescent at the edge. Cajisule oval, smootii, transversely nerved, compressed, with two rims along the back. 'J'he seeds are orbiculate. It flowers in May. In the third the leaves are a foot long and more, lialf an inch broad at the base. The scape half a loot high, scarcely a line in diameter. The raceme six inches in length, or even longer. 'J'he peduncles an inch and a half long. The bractete are green, Aviih clear white edges, half an inch long, quickly withering. The flow- ers yellow. The petals less than an inch in length; the outer ones lliickeuied at the tip; the iniKM' having a while, inflcx, kidney- shaped gland. Barren fdaments, linear, with a filiform inflex tip, and no anthera.'. The style obversely pyramidal, the length of liic germ, covered with glandulous scales. The stigma pyramidal, pro- minent between the inner converging petals. It flowers in May and June. 'I he fourth species has the leaves linear-subulate, deeply chan- nelled, two feet long and upwnrds, scarcely half an inch wide at the i}asc. The scape a little shorter than the leaves, and not so thick as a goose quill. The raceme close, half a foot in length. The peduncles s^jreading, a little more than an inch in length. 'J'he bractcai are almost the length of the peduncle. The flowers yellow. Outer petals oblong, thickened at the tip, above an inch in length; the imier ones oval, a little shorter than the outer ones. Jiarren fila- ments, somewhat shorter than the fertile ones, convex without, chan- nelled within: the anthenc sagittate and eftele. 'J'he style prism- shaped, the length of the germ, and tenninaled by a siigma from the angles of the style rounded at the tip. It flowers in May. In the fifth the root-leaves are few, lincar-fdifonn, upriglil at bot- tom, then s[nral, and when the plant is more mature, flexuose, villose-scabrous, shorter than the scape, \vhich is simple, fdiform, flexuose, nodding at the top, streaked, villose-scabrous, of a finder's length, seldom a span long after flowering, ouc-flowered, seldom 40 two-flowered. The bractea lanceolate, acuminate, shorter than the peduncle. There are three filaments without antherae. They are all natives of the Cape. Culture. — The best method of propagating these plants, is by means of offsets from the roots, which sliould be taken after the plants have flowered in the summer months. These are then to be planted out in pots filled with good light mould, and placed under the protection of hot-bed frames during the winter season. In this ■way they mostly succeed and produce flowers. But it is a better practice, where the convenience of a border can be had in the front of the greenhouse or stove, to plant them in the natural ground in these situations, as in this method they both thrive better, and flower with more vigour than when kept in pots. The third sort is asserted by Miller to be capable of being raised from seeds, when they can be procured from abroad, as they seldom or ever ripen any in this climate. The second species is also said to be of so hardy a nature, as .sometimes to succeed when planted out on a border of light earth, in the open ground. All the species are ornamental, and afford variety in the greenhouse or stove. /'/.. T.iiiit.'J l,\- Sy.i E.fv.jrJs IrriJcnTiihllPifJ JanlMICO l>y i^Ke.ii.l,^ F/,rl ShY.I En^nnvJ hj F S.Jitkn :irl>iihhr iiuedc Alv/niiii iU/./ii/j/// y/ /i/n/iiZ/Y Trt'c " J,i//i H A/y/siiiii PLATE V. 1. ARBUTUS UNEDO. STRAWBERRY TREE. This genus contains plants of tbc evergreen, shrubby and orna- mental kind. It belongs to the class and order Decandria Monogi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of Bicornes. The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted, obtuse, very small permanent perianthium: the corolla is monoj)Ctalous, ovale, and flaltisli at Uic base, diaphanous, with a quinquefid mouth: the divisions obtuse, rcvolule and small: the stamina consist of ten subu- late swelling fihunenls, very slender at the base, affixed to the edge of the base of corolla, and half the length of it: the antherai slightly bifid and nodding: the })islillum is a subglobular germ, on a recep- tacle marked with ten dots: the style cylindric, the length of the corolla: the stigma ihickish and obtusc>: the pericarpium a roundish five-celled berry: the seeds small and bony. The species of most importance are: 1. A. Unedo, Common Ar- butus, or Strawberry Ticc : 2. A. Andrachne, Oriental Strawberry Tree; 3. yl. Uva Ursi, Trailing iVrbutus, or Bearberry. The first species, Common Arbutus, or Strawberry Tree, rises to the licight of hvcnty or ihiity feel in ils native situation, but rarely with an upiighl stem. But with us it is of nuich humbler growth. It usu.illy puts out branches very near the ground. The leaves keep on all the Avinler, and are thrust off in the spring by new ones, so that it is always clothed w ilh leaves. The berries have many seeds in them, and are roughened willi llie tubercles of the seeds. There arc several vaiiclies; as v.iih large oval fruit, with round G iVuil, Willi ilouble ilowers, wiih scailcL flowers; llicne arc also the curlcd-leavcd or cul-lcaved, ihe broad-leaved, and the narrow-leaved. The second species much resembles ihe first, but the bark is not rough; some of the leaves have no seiratures, and the panicle is up- right and viscid, which in that is smooth. It growls in its native slate to a middle-sized tree, with irregular branches. The leaves are smooth, large, and somewliat like those of the Bay Tree, but not quite so long: the flowers are like those of the Common Arbutus, but growing thinly on the branches: the fruit oval, of the same co- lour and consistence with the common sort; but the seeds of this are ikt, while in that they are pointed and angular. It grows naturally in the East. ]n the third species the branches trail upon the ground tw^o or three feet round the root or more. The leaves arc alternate, bluntly oval or oblong wedge-shaped, with a net- work of veins underneath, and corresponding wrinkles above, firm and evergreen, like those of Box : the flowers orow at the extremities of the branches in small clusters, each supported by a short red foot-stalk: they are of an oval-conical figure, flesh-coloured, or white v.ith a red mouth, and divided into five obtuse reflex segments at the rim : the berries are round with a depressed umbilicus, smooth and glossy, red when ripe, and of the size of a holly- berry, replete with an austere mealy pulp, m which are five cells containing five angular seeds. It is a shrub very abundant in many parts of the continent, as Sweden, &c. Culture. — The most usual method oi' raising these beautiful evei- greens is by sowing the seeds; but they are sometimes ca])able of being raised by cuttings and layers. in the first of these methods with the first species, the seeds should he collected when perfectly rij)e in November, or the following month, and preserved in dry sand till the period of sowing, which may either be in December or the early spring season. 'i"he seed should be sown in pots, and lightly covered with mould, then plunged into an old tan hot-bed, and covered by glasses. In this motle the plants will be up in April, when they should be often hut sparingly watered, and kept free from weeds. 43 As ihc hot season proceeds, Uie planls slsould be shaded dunmr the heal oTlhe days; hut in warm weather open all ni«ht to receive the i\v\v, and only covered in I he middle of the day. In this mode the |)]an(s become strong the first slimmer. In the beginninti" ol October they n)ay l)e shaken out of ilie jiots, and their roots care- fully separatril, planting them singly in small j)ots iiiied with li rably hardy, iind s(>ldom hurt, except in ex- treme luud winters, '.vliieh often destroy the young tender branches, but rarely the roots. They delight in a generoiis but not loo moist soil, as when planted in dry ground ihey seldom produce much fruit: the flowers coniin"- forth in autumn, when the wirik-r |)rove^ severe, they are oenerally destroyed; consequently, lo obtain fruit, lliey should be placed in warm situations, and v/herc the ground is not naturally moist ; a good (pianlity of loam and rotten neat's dung should be laid about their roots, and in dry s[)rinL.s they should be plentifully wa- tered. . ■ ; The most proper season for transplanting is September, at which u time the blossoms are beginniiifi lo appear; and when dry at that season, and diey are kept moist, ihej' very soon lake root; but to- wards November their roots should be well covered lo keep out the frost. Jn performing this business the balls of earth round iheir roots should be preserved. In raising the second species the seeds must be procured from abroad, and the plants be left longer in the poLs, as three or four years, or until they are become perfectly woody; and when put out, warm situations be chosen for the purpose, wheie the soil is dry, as the plants do not succeed well where the land is too moist. The third species should be raised in pots filled with bog earth, which should be set out in moist watery situations. In propagating them by the second method, or that of cuttings? they should be made from the young shoots, and be planted in pots in the spring or summer months, plunging them into a good hot-bed of tan or dung till they have stricken root. In the layer mode of propagation the young shoots should be chosen, as they otherwise seldom take root in less than two years. In grafting them, stocks of any of the varieties may be had re- course to. It continuing the double-blossomed and scarlet varieties, some of these last methods must always be employed. These are some of the most ornamental plants of the evergreen kind for shrubberies and pleasure-grounds that we possess. The first sort and varieties sometimes rise to a considerable height, as ten or fifteen feet. They are now found in most plantations, and in the months of October and November, which is the season when they are in fiower, and the fruit of the former year is ripe, as it is a whole year in growing to perfection; they are. very ornamental. When there is plenty both of fruit and flowers upon the trees, they indeed make a handsome appearance, as most other plants are past their beauty. The trees which have large oval fruit make the greatest figure; the flowers of this being larger and oblong. The variety with double flowers is a curiosity; but the flowers, having only two rows 45 of" petals, make no great appearance, nor do the trees produce fruit in any quantity; the other is therefore preierable. That with red flowers makes a pretty variety, when intermixed with the other, for the outsides of shrubherics, as they are of a fine red colour at their first appearance, and afterwards change to pur[)le before they fall of}". The fruit in liiis is the same as in the connnon sort. x\s the leaves of the Andrachne are larger than in the other sorts, they have always a better etlect as evergreens. 2. ALYSSUM SAXATILA. YELLOW ALYSSUM. This genus comprises several species of under shrubby, herba- ceous, perennial plants of the Ahjssoii or Machoii kind, that are chiefly flowery and ornamental. It belongs to the class and order Tetradynamia SiUcu/osa, and ranks in the natural order of Si/ iquosce. The characters of which are: that the calyx is a four-leaved, ob- long perianthiuu), the leaflets ovate, oblong, obtuse, convergent, and deciduous: the corolla four-petalled and cruciform: the petals flat, shorter than the calyx, very spreading, having claws of the length of the calyx: the stamina have six filanicnls of the length of the calyx, two opposite, a little shorter, marked with a toolhlet: antherae from erect spreading: the pislillum has a sub-ovate germ, the style sim- ple, of the length of (he stamina, longer than the germ, and the stigma obtuse: the pericarpium is a subglobose, emarginate silicic or broad and short pod, with a style of the length of the silicic, two- celled, the partitions elliptic, and hemispherical; the seeds are fixed to flliforn) receptacles issuing forth at the end of the silicle, i'cw and orbicular. There are many species, but those chiefly cultivated are : A J. spi- 46 nomm, Tiiovny or Pricklj Alysson; 2. A. halinqfohmn. Sweet or Sea Purslanc-leavcd Alysson; 3. A. snxatile, YcWow Rock Alysson; 4. A. incaniim, Hoarv Erect xAlysson; 5. A. calycinum, Calycinc Alysson; 6. A. cainiKstre, Field Alysson ; 1 . jI. crctkum, Cretan Yellow Alysson ; 8. A. delloideiiui, Delloid-lcaved Alysson ; 9- A.montaiiuni, Mountain Dark-yellow Alysson. The first species has woody branches, which rise about two ft et high, and arc armed with small spines. The leaves are hoary, lan- ceolate, and lliinly placed on the stalks without any (jrdcr. The flowers orow in small clusters at the cNlreniities ol" the l;ranchcs. The petals arc \^hite and entire, and the fdamcnts toothless. It is a native of Italy. The second species spreads itself upon the ground, and r>cver rises to any height. The leaves are narrinv, spear-shaped, pointed, and entire. At the extremities of its branches it produces veiy pretty tufts of small white-coloured dowers, of which the plant is seldom destitute for six or seven months together. In it the stamina are simple, and the siliclcs roundish and entire. It is a native of the southern countries of Europe. 'i'he third is also a low plant, with a fleshy stalk, which seldom rises more than one foot high, but divides into many smaller branches, which grow near the ground, so that a single plant spreads to a con- siderable distance. The leaves are s[»car-shaped, soft waved and entire: the flowers produced in loose j^janiclcs at the extremity of every branch, and are of a bright yellow-cohnir. They mostly ap- pear about the end of April, or beginning of May; and, if the season be moderate, continue three weeks or more in beauty. It is a small, showy, hardy plant, and not disposed to overrun otliers. It fre- qvientiy flowers a second lime in autumn. Tlic fourth species grows to the height of two feet, having woody stalks, which divide into several branches towards the lop. The leaves are spear-shaped, hoary, and entire. At the extremity of every shoot the Hcnvcrs are produced in round bunches; and are small and of a while colour. The silicic is entire, oval, and full of brown seeds. It grows naturally in ihe South of France. 47 . The fifth is nearly of similar growth in the stem, and the leaves have much resemblance; but the four longer filaments are toothed in liic middle within, and the two shorter ones put out from their base a lance-shaped scale, the length of the gern). The petals are verj small, scarce aj)parently emarginate, yellow, but growing white with age. Silicic slightly emarginate, with two seeds in each cell. It is found wild in Austria. 'J'he sixth is very like the last in stem, leaves, and petals, but is more decumbent, and has lance-ovate leaves. The filaments have no teeth, but the two solitary ones iiave a bristle on each side, not growing to the filament, but inserted into the receptacle. Sili- cles ovate, scarcely compressed, more downy. It is Ibund in France, &c. The seventh species grows more erect, having a shrubby stalk, wliicli sends out a few lateral branches towards the top, with oblong hoary leaves. 'I'he flowers grow in small clusters at the extremities of the branches. It seldom continues longer tium two years in Eu"'- land, and in a warm, dvy situation, will live in tlie open air. It is found in Spain, &c. In the eighth, the stems are woody, filiform, diffused, and hairy, the older ones having the bases of the petioles toothleied, and arc flexuose. Tiie leaves are lanceolate, with a strong angle or two ou each side, as it were dcitoid, green, with a i'ew hairs. The rac( nst, is simple, few-flowered: the flowers resemble those of the Stock (:ilii. fli>wer, aiid are of a pur])le colour; the calyx is oblong, closed, and gibbous at the base. It has been found in the Levant? in tlic r.intli species, the branches are trailing: the leaves oblon« hoary, rougli to t!ie tovieh, and alternate, '['lie tlcavers aic producctl in small clusters at the extremities of the branches, and are cW" a dark yellow colour. ] our of the filaments are biftl at the top; the two others have a lootldet at the base. It grows naturally upon rocks in i^urgundy, and some other parts of France, Sec. Cnlliire. -The propagation of these plants may be effected in diff"erent ways. Jt may be accomplished in all the smts by means of seeds; and in iiiost of lite kinds by slips and cullin: the pis- tillum has a roundish, furrowed, inferior germ, the style filiform, al- most of the l^igth and in the situation of the stamina: the stigma trifid and slender: the pericarpium is a subovatc, three-celled cap- sule, and the seeds are several. The inflection of the petals, sta- mina, and pisliihnii, is very various in the different species of this genus; and the corolla in most of the species is rather hexapetaloid than six-petalled. The species are very numerous, but those principally cultivated are: 1. A. lufea. Yellow Amaryllis, or Autumnal Narcissus; 2. A. atamasco, Alanvdsco hWy; 5. A. f or mosissima, J cicohxii Lily; 4. A. re- gime, Mexican Lily; 5. A. purpurea, Purple-flowered Amaryllis; 6. A. belladonna. Belladonna Lily; 7. yl. vittata, Superb or Ribband Amaryllis; 8. A. long/folia. Long-leaved Amaryllis; 9. A. orientalise Broad-leaved African Amaryllis; 10. A. sarniensis, Guernsey Lily; 1\. A. zexjlanica, Ceylon Lily; 12. A. lat if olia. Broad-leaved Ama- ryllis. In the first species, or Yellow Amaryllis, the flower-stems seldom rise above three or four inches in height: llie flowers are shaped somewhat like those of the Large Yellow Crocus, one coming uj) from each sheath: the leaves are green, and come up at the same time, like the Saffron ; and after the flowers are past, they increase all the winter. The roots are shaped like those of the Narcissus. It flowers in September, and is a native of the South of France. The second species, or Alamasco Lily, has the flowers at their first appearance of a fine carnation colour on the outside, but which, fade till they arc almost white. They are nearly as large as those of the Small Orange Lily, but do not grow above six or eight inches in height. They appear about the end of May or beginning of June, and sometimes in August. Jt is a native of Virginia. In the third, or Jacoba\a Lily, the flower-stems are produced from the sides of the bvdbs, so that after the flower produced on one side is decayed, another stalk arises from the otticr side of the bulb; but there is usually no more than one flov/er produced on the same 56 stalk. The tiowets are large, and of a very deep red; the under pe- tals are verv lar^e, and the whole floAver stands noddins; on one side of the stalk, making a most beautiful appearance. It is a native of South America. The fourth, or Mexican Lily, has the bulb of a green colour; the scape round, and sub-compressed. The corolla scarlet, with a bot- tom of a whitish green: the three outer petals reversed at the tip, the three inner fringed at the base, the style red. The flower-stems seldom rise more than one foot in height; each stem supports two, three, or four flowers, rareh' more; they are large, and of a bright copper-colour, inclining to red : the spathe, which covers the buds before they open, divides into two parts to the bottom, standing on each side the umbel of flowers, joined to the peduncles. It flowers conslantl}' in the spring, M'hen it is placed in a very warm stove; and is in beauty in February; those Mhich are in a moderate temperature of air, flowering in !March or April. In the fifth the corolla is large, and of a blood-red, or purple- colour, and there are three or four large bell-shaped, rather erect flowers coming from each sheath. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. 'J'he sixth, or Belladonna Lily, ditfers from the fourth species in having the edges of the petals waved, and not reversed at the tip. The scape is purple, sustaining from five to seven flowers, in shape like the Common Red Lily, and nearly as large, but of a soft purple colour, inclining to white on the inside toward the bottom, and hav- ing an agreeable scent. It usually flowers about the end of Septem- ber, or the beginning of October, in this climate; and if the roots are strong, the stems will rise upwards of two feet high. If the season is favourable, or the flowers be screened from frosts, violent winds and heavy rains, they continue in beauty a month or longer; and arc very ornamental plants at a season when there is a great scarcity of flowers. It is a native of the West Indies. In the seventh, the petals uniting at bottom form a fleshy tube, but the edges of the outer ones are free at the base. It has been named vittata, from its ribband-like appearance, being striped 67 willi red on a white si"ouiul. The stem rises to the lieisht ot three feel or more, and produces from two to five beautiful flowers. It usually blossoms in .\pril or May, but may be forwarded by artificial heat. In the eighth species, the flower-stem rarely rises more than three or four inches in height, but supports a great numl)er of flowers, of a deep purple- ct)l(>ur, appcariug in December. The bulbs are large, and the leaves long and narrow. It flowers here in July, and is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. In the ninth, or Broad-leaved African Amaryllis, the bulbs are large and almost round; the leaves long, broad, and rounded at their extremities, spreading two ways on the surface of the ground, and do not come up till after the flower-stem appears, which is generally in November; and after the flowers are past, the leaves increase till spring, and in May they begin to decay, so that from the middle oi" June to October the plant is void of leaves. It grows naturally at the Cape of Good Hope. In the tenths pecies, or Guernsey Lily, the bulb is an oblong sphe- roid, flatted most at the lower end, six or seven inches round where thickest: the leaves are of a dark willow green colour, shining, from halt' an inch to three quarters of an inch in breadth, a little blunt at the end, from two to lour in number, rarely five. Tlse scape is flattened, twelve or fourteen inches in height, and more. The spathc splits, and falls back in two unc(|ual pieces of a reddish colour and triangular figure. The pedicels are from an inch to almost two inches in length. The number of flowers commonly from eight to twelve, the circumference of each being about seven inches. The corolla, when in its prime, has the colour of a fine cold tissue wrought on a rose-coloured ground; and when it begins to fade, it is a pink: if beheld in a full-shine, it seems to be studded with diamonds, but by candle-light the specks or spangles look more like fine gold dust: when the petals begin to wither, they assume a deep crimson colour. The flowers begin to come out at the end of August, and the head is usually three weeks in gradually expanding itself. This beauti- I 58 Jul plant is a native of Japan, and has been long naUiralized in Guernsey. The eleventh species has llie stature of the Crinuni Amcricanurn. Tlie leaves are fleshy, scabrous with a toothleted edge. The spathe bivalve, besides some interior scales or fragments. The germs are sessile. The tube of the corolla of the same colour with the scape, Avhich is rufous. The border white, with lanceolate, recurved pe- tals, with a red keel underneath. The filaments and style are of a blood-red colour, and the pericarps viviparous. The twelfth has roots like the Crinum mentioned below: the leaves narrower at their base, and stained witli purple on their un- der side; the scapes purple, and growing to the same height as those of the Crinum Asiaticum ; the flowers of the same shape, but the tube purple, and the segments having a purple stripe running through them: the stamina are also purple; it is however more beautiful than that plant. This is a native of the East Indies. Culture. — In all the different sorts, the propagation is performed bv the small bulbs or oftsets that are removed from the sides of the old routs every year at the time they are transplanted. Some of the sorts, as the first. and second, are often capable of being raised on dry warm borders; but most of the others stand in need of artificial heat to raise them in the most perfect n>anncr. Tiiey all delight in a loose, sandy, dry soil, that contains a good proportion of vegetable mould; and require but little water, except where the roots are in a high stale of growth, and sending forth their flower-stems; when they should have it frequently in small quantities. When applied under other circumstances, it is apt to rot and destroy the bulbs. All the more tender sorts should be put in pots, and placed in stoves, where they must be constantly kept; as much air as possible beino- admitted to them during tlie hot summer months. Some of them are, however, capable of bearing the open air at this season: but in this method of management they neither grow so well, or flower so regularly, as in the stove mode of treatment. 59 The most suitable season for Iransplanting ihe roots of all the (litlerent sjjccies, is at the time v.lica their leaves are Avholly de- stroyed, as about the latter end of July, or the beginning of the fol- lowing month, before they begin to send forth new root-fibres, as after that has taken plaee they are liable to be greatly injured by being removed from their situations. The fust kind, or Yellow Autumnal Amaryllis, is a liardy plant, and may be inereased with great facility by oH'scls from the roots. The best season tor Inmsplanting the root-bulbs of this sort i.-> any time from INIay to iIk^ end ot'July, when their leaves are de- cayed: hut alter that period it will be too late to renio\c' them, as they mostly begin to push out fresh root-fibres about the middle of August or sooner, if the season be moist and warm, frequently flow- ering the beginning of Se|)tember; so that, if the business' of trans- planting be performed so laLo as this, it will si)oil their ilowering. This plant is capable of growing in any soil or situation; but it thrives to the best advantage in those of the above kind, wh(>n sufii- ciently fresh and light, and in open situations, that are not vmder the dripping of ti'ees, or too near walls, or other tall iences that produce nnieh shade. jNIiller observes that it is commonly known to gardeneis by the name of Yellow Autumnal Ncircissus; and usually sold by them with Calchicums for autunmal ornaments to gardens; Ibr which pur|)ose it is a pretty j)lant, as it will fKMjuently keep flowering iVonj the beginning of Sepli inber to the middle of November, in case the frost is not so severe as to destroy the flowers; for though there is but one flower in each cover, a succession of flowers is produced fiom the same loot, especially when they are suflered to remain three or four vears without being removed. A dry warm border is the best exposure for this sort. The second species, or Atamasco Lily, is also so hardy as to thrive in the oi)cn air in this climate, when the root-bulbs are planted out in a warm situation and on a dry soil: it is likewise best propagated by offsets from the root-buli)s of the old plants. As very severe frost is liable to destroy the bulbs in some cases, a t'GW should always be 60 planted in pots, in order that they may be protected in the winter season. Tlie third sort, or Jacobaea Lily, is of the more tender kind, but is now become common in the gardens of the cnrious in this coun- try. The root-bulbs send forth plenty of offsets, especially when they are kept in a moderate warmth in the winter season: for the roots of this kind will live in a good greenhouse, or they may be pre- served through the winter under a common hot-bed frame; but in this way they do not flower so often, or send out so many offsets, as when they are placed in a moderate stove in that season. This sort produces its flowers two or three times in the year: it is not however regular to any season; but the flowers are mostly produced from March to the beginning of September, when the roots are in a vigo- rous state of growth. It is best propagated by offsets from the old root-bulbs, which may be taken oft" every year: the most proper time to part and shift the roots in this kind is in August, as by this means they may take good root before the winter sets in. In doing this, care should be taken not to break oft' the fibres from their roots. They should be planted out separately in pots of a middling size, and be kept in a moderate degree of warmth in the stove, as by that means they produce their flowers in greater plenty, and the roots make a greater increase, than where they are managed in a more hardy manner. The fourth sort, or Mexican Lily, is not so hardy as either the above or the Belladonna Lily; it must of course be placed in a stove of much greater warmth; and if the pots are plunged into a hot-bed of tanner's bark, the roots will thrive better, and the flowers be stronger. It is increased by offsets from the old root, in the same manner as the other sorts, and usually flowers in the beginning of the spring, when it produces a fine appearance in the stove with others of simi- lar growths. The fifth species, or Purple-floAvcred Amaryllis, is likewise of the tender kind, and is capable of being propagated in the same man- ner as the above. It also succeeds the best, and flowers to the- 61 greatest advantage and effect, when constantly kept m the stove in a similar degree of temperature with that of the above species. The sixth kind, or Belladonna Lily, is more hardy. It has been cultivated, according to the editor of IMillcr's Dictionary, with great success in the following manner:— A border was prepared close to a wall which had a south-west aspect, about six feet in width, in this manner. All the earth to the depth of three feet was removed, and some very rotten dung put in the bottom six inches thick, upon Avhich lioht garden mould was applied, about twenty inches in depth. After making this level, the roots were placed at six inches distance every Avay, being then covered over with light sandy earth, to the height of the border; by which means the upper parts of the roots are^five or six inches buried. \n the winter season the border was covered all over with rotten tanners bark, to the depth of three inches, in order to prevent the frost from penetrating the ground. And when it proved very severe, some mats or straw were laid over the leaves to protect the plants from being destroyed. In this ma. uugcment the roots have greatly increased, and the plants have con- stantly flowered every year; some of them having put out two or three stems which grew near three feet in height, producing many flowers in each umbel, which made a fine appearance during the month of October. It is added, that the green leaves come up soon after, and abide all the winter and spring untilJune, at winch tune Ihey decay. Soon after this period the roots should therefore be transplanted; for, if they are suflered to stand liU July, they will have sent forth new rool-fibres, in which slate it would greatly m- jure the roots if they were disturbed. If some of the roots be planted in a warm border close to a south wall, and m a dry soil, they mostly thrive well, especially if they be covered in severe weather; and these roots generally flower much stronger than those which are kept in pots, and multiply faster than uiuh r olher circumstances. The seventh species is more tender than the above, as it rarely puts forth offsets from the roots. But as it produces ripe seeds in sufficient quantitv, it may be propagated in that way without much difficulty. These should be sown in pots of good mould m the spring 62 season, and immediately afterwards plunged into a bark bed of mo- derate lemperaLure, a little water being occasionally given till the plants appear, and become of sufficient growth to be transplanted out into separate pots, which should be performed in a careful man- ner, and a little water given immediately afterwards, the pots being directly placed in the stove, where they are to be constantly kept, as in the above kinds. The eighth sort is likewise tender. It requires to be treated in the same manner as the Jacoba^a Lily. It is found to increase pretty fast by offsets. When properly managed, it usually flowers in the winter season, especially if the pots be placed in a stove of mode- rate temperature; and as at this period there are but few flowers in the open air, it is more valuable on that account as an ornamental plant for the slovc. The ninth species is still more tender: it must of course be placed, during the winter season, in a stove where there is a mode- rate share of warmth; but it should not have so much water as the Jacoboea Lily. It may be raised from offsets. The tenth species, or Guernsey Lily, is supposed to have come originally from Japan ; but has been long cultivated in the gardens of Guernsey and Jersey ; in both of which it seems to thrive and succeed as well as if it weie in its native soil. From those islands its roots are annually sent to the curious in different parts of Europe. The root bulbs are generally sent to us in June and July; but the sooner the bulbs are taken out of the ground, after their leaves decay, the better they are; for though the roots, which are taken up when their flower-stems begin to appear, may flower, their flowers are not so larse, or their roots so cood afterwards, as those which are removed before they have sent out fresh root-fibres. On obtaining the rools, they should be planted in pots filled with fresh, light, sandy earth, well mixed with a little very rotten dung, to the depth of two or three inches, and then placed in a warm situa- tion; or what is better, in a moderate-stove heat, the earth being- refreshed with water occasionally; but they should not have too much, as it would rot their roots, especially before the stems rise. 63 About Ihc middle of September, ihe more vigorous roots will beivin to show the buds of their liower-slcms, which are commonly ol' a red colour; therefore these pots should be removed into u situation where they may have the full benefit of the sun, and be sheltered from wet, and strong winds; but by no means too near a wall, or underclasses, which would draw them up weak, and render ihem less beautiful m their blow. At this season they sliould be gently refreshed with water occasionally, when the weather is warm and dry. As soon as the liowers begin (o open, the pots should be removed from the open air, to prevent the flowers from being injured by too much moisture; but they must not be kept too close, or be jjlaced in situations too warm, as thai would occasion their colour to be less lively, and hasten their decay. The fiov.ers of this plant often continue in beauty, when managed in the above manner, a full month: an.d though they have no scent, from ihc richness of ihcir colour, they are justly esteemed as flowery ornamental plants. When the flowers are decayed, the leaves begin to shoot forth in length, and, if sheltered from severe cold, continue growing all the winter season; Ijul they musi Isave as much free air as possible m mild weather, and be covered only in severe rains or frosts; for which purpose a common hot-bed frame is the best, as the glasses may be taken oil" constantly every day in dry open weather, whic h will cncouraiie the leaves to grow slronii and broad; whereas, when they arc placed in a greenhouse, or not exposed to the open air, they are apt to grow long and slender, and have a pale weak aspect, by which the roots become weak, seldom producing good flowers. ■ The roots should be transplanted every fourth or fifth year, about the latter end of June or beginning of July, into fresh earth; but not oftener removed, as that would retard tlu ir flowering. The offsets may also be taken off, and planted out into diilerent pels; which, in three years lime, mostly produce flowers. Conse- cpiently, after a person is once stockcxl with these roots, he may in- crease them, so as to have a constant sup|)ly of blowing roots, with- out being at the trouble or (>xpense of sending to ihe above places annually for them; and the roots, thus preserved, will flower stronger 64 than those ^vhich are brought from thence, as the inhabitants ol" those islands are not very curious in cultivating them ; — their usual melhod, according to Miller, being to plant them at a great distance in beds of common earth, where they let them remain for many years; in the course of which ihey produce such a number of offsets that one single cluster has frequently contained above a hundred roots; by which means those which grow on the inside are so much compressed by the outer roots, that they are perfectly flattened: and from the number of roots growing in each cluster, they are all ren- dered weak, and unfit to produce such large stems of flowers as those which have grown singly and are of a spherical form. As when a per- son is possessed of a gieat number of these roots, it will be troublesome to preserve them in pots, a bed should be prepared in the following manner, in some well sheltered part of the garden. In doing this, a third part of fresh virgin earth, from a pasture ground, which is light, should be provided, with an ecjual portion of sea-sand, to which should be added rotten dung and sifted lime rubbish, of each an equal quantity. With this earth, when well mixed and incorpo- rated, a bed should be made about two feet thick, raising it about four or five inches above the surface of the ground, where the situa- tion is dry; but where the ground is wet, it should be raised eight or nine inches higher. In this bed, about the beginning of July, as before directed, plant the roots about six or eight inches asunder each way; and in the winter, when the frost begins, cover the bed with a frame, or arch it over, and cover it with mats and straw, to prevent their leaves from being pinched by cold. In the spring, the covering should be entirely removed, and the bed kept constantly clean from weeds during the summer, stirring the surface of the earth now and then; and annually, when the leaves are decayed, sii't a little fresh earth over them, to encourage the growth of the roots. The roots may remain in these beds until they are of sufiicient strength to produce flowers, at which time they may be taken up and planted in pots, as before directed, or be suffered to remain in the same beds to flower. These plants do not flower again the suc- ceeding year, as in many other sorts of bulbous-rooted plants; but 65 where the bulbs contain Iwu buds in ihcir ccnlrcs, as is ollcn the case, ihey frcqucnlly llowcr twice in the course of about three years; after Avhich the same individual root-bulb does iiot flower aoain in several years; Init this is performed by the oil'scts, which are taken from it at dillercnt times » The eleventh species, or Ceylon Lily, is of a lender nature, and must be treated in the same manner as the Mexican I^ily. It is not common in llu; gardens in this countr}'', as it is a plant which in- creases but slowly by oftsets from the roots. ]t usually flowers in June and July; and soinclimes the same plant will produce tiowers again in autumn if the pots be plunged into a bed of tanners' bark; but the flowers are seldom of long duration or great beauty. • '■ The twelfth species is also of the lender kind, but may be in- creased by offsets from the roots, or by the bulbs which succeed the flowers. It should be treated in the same manner as is directed for the. Crinums; the proper culture of which may be seen under that head. ^ ■• .... All these bulbous-rooted plants, as being lioth curious and orna- mental, deserve to be cultivated; those of the more tender kinds affording much variety in the stove or greenhouse; while the more hardy sorts produce a pleasing effect in the fronts of beds or borders in the garden or pleasure-grounds. :0' ■: ■ PLATE VIL 1. ASTER AMELLU8. ITALIAN ASTER. This genus comprehends different fibrous-rooled flowery plants of ihe annual and perennial herbaceous and shrubby kinds. The Starworts. It belongs to the class and order Sijngeiiesia Pohjgamia Superjiua, and ranks in the natural order of Compositi Radiati. The characters are: that the calyx is common imbricate; the inner scales prominent a litlle at the end, the lower ones spreading: the corolla compound radiate: corollules hermaphrodite numerous in the disk: the females ligulate, and more than ten in the ray. Pro- per, of the hermaphrodite, funnel-shaped, with a five-cleft spreading border; of the female ligulate, lanceolate, three-toothed, at length rolling back: the stamina hermaphrodite, five filaments, ciiprllar}-, and very short: the anther cylindric and tubulous: the pislillum is her- maphrodite: one oblong germ: the style filiform, the length of the stamens: stigma bifid, spreading: females, germ and style the same: stigmas two, oblong, and revoluLe: no peiicarpium : the calyx scarcely changed: the seeds solitary, oblong, and ovate: down capillary: the receptacle is naked and liattish. The species principally cultivated are, \. A.Ch'mcnsis, China As- ter, or Chinese Starwort; 2. A. Trad€scanti, Tradescant's or Virginia Starwort; 3. A. Amellus, Amellus, or Italian Starwort; 4. A. Alpinus, Alpine or Great Mountain Starwort; 5. A. Klova-AngVue, New-Eng- land Starwort; 6. A. grundiflonis. Great Blue Pyramidal Aster, or Catesby's Starwort; 7. A. piiniceus, l\cd-stalked American Starwort; 8. A.umhddtiis, Waved Starwort; Q. A.lmifoUus, Flax-leaved Star- ■}L''''."*f'r////.,- . ''"■'■"'■■■/ /.yrx,,,/,:,,, 67 wort; 10. A. ieniiifolhis,Vine-\ciiyed Starworl; 11. J. Ericoidcs, Heath- leaved iStarworl; 12. yl. dtonosus, Bushy SUirworl; 13. A. concolor^ Single-stalked Starworl; 14. A. divarlcatus, Divaricate Starwort; 15. A. Novi-Bi'Igil, New-Holland Starwort; 16. A. pmiiculatus, Pa- nicled Starwort; 17. A. fruticosus. Shrubby Starwort. In this nu- merous genus there are several other species equally deserving the attention of the cultivator. The first is an elegant annual plant, rising in height from eighteen inches to two feel; the stem is creel, sliff, furrowed, and as thick as the little finger, putting out long bending branches from top to bot- tom. The leaves next the ground and at the origin of the branches are large, and resendjlc those of (-ommon Chcnopodiinn : those on the branches arc much smaller, and the upper ones narrow and very imi- tirc: the tiowcrs are the largest and handsomest of any of the species in this genus: the disk yellow, at first fiat, then convex ; the floscules of the ray are broad and long, scarcely notched at the end. There are varieties of this plant with single white flowers, single blue fiowers, single purple fiowers, single red fiowers: Avith double white flowers, double blue flowers, double red fiowers, and with va- riegated blue and white flowers. The second species has radical leaves three or four inches long, like those of the willow, from green inclining to brown, with small scattered serratures. Among these come out round, smooth, woodv, brownish stems, clolhed with similar leaves, only shorter; they are elegantly divided into many slender, hard branches, two or three feet higli, adorned with abundance of very small white flowers during the months of September and October. According to some, the disk is purple. The ray of the corolla is first white, and afterwards purplish. It is a native of Virginia. • The third sort has the stems growing in large clusters from the root, each of them branching at the top into eight or ten peduncles, each terminated by a single large flower, having blue rays, with a yellow disk. It fiowers in August or September, and in mild seasons will often continue till the middle of November. It grows naturally in Italy. 68 There arc varieties with while flowers and wiih wrinkled leaves. The fourth species seldom rise more than nine, commonly from four to six inciies high, in its native situation, and when transplanted into gardens, from nine to ten, but rarely above sixteen. At the top of eacli stalk is one large blue flower, somewhat like that of the Italian Starwort. It flowers in June, and is a native of the Alps, c*v:c. There are varieties with white rays and with blue rays. The fifth species has many stems, five feet high, brown, termi- nated by large purple violet flowers, growing in a loose panicle, and expanding in August. The peduncles are so short as scarcely to appear among the flowers. It is a native of New England. -•.•- The sixth has many stems, three and even four feet high, stiff; reddish, hairy, and branching pyramidically. The branches have small lanceolate leaves, growing alternate, hairy and rough to the touch, the sizeof those of connnon Hyssop, and each terminated by one large blue flower, coming out at the end of October. It is a native of Virginia. ' • ' • The seventh sort has several strong stems, upwards of two feet high, of a purple colour; but the flowers are on single peduncles, forming a corymb at top, and of a pale blue colour: they appear about the end of September. It is a native of Nordi America; va- ries in heioht from eight to three feet, having tlie stems either dark purple or reddish green. There is a variety, in which the flowers are purple inclining to red, and surrounded by a ivw narrow leaves. This is from Philar delphia, and flowers in November. . ... : : ^- The eighth species has the leaves broad and heart-shaped at bottom; tlic stems between two and three feet high, with small side branches, upon which the flowers come out in loose spikes; they are of a pale blue colour, inclining to white. It flowers in August. It is a native of North America. Tl.erinlh has the leaves lanceolate, gradually narrowing to the end: pedum les with very small subulate scales: the stems strong, from two !o three feet high, putting out many side branches near half 69 llicir leiigtli, terminated by one blue flower, wbicli appears in August and Sopteinl)cr. In the leiuh species the slcins arc five feet high, skiider, angular, smoolli, but not branching much; the leaves allernale, not very rough ; the flowers lermiual, solitary, small, and while;' the peduncles have very small subulate leaflets scattered over them. The eleventh has ih.e stems slender, three I'eet high, with slendc r side blanches most of their length, so as to ftjrni a thick bush; tliey are terminated by single tlowers.'- ■■,■'■■■ : • r The twelfth species has the stems upright, two feet liij2;h, full of 1)ranclies, uhich are filiform ; the stem-leaves being narrow-lance- olate; on the branches linear: the peduncles filiform, striated, one- flowered, with very narrow leaflets on them; tlie flowers small, with an erect, imbricate, loose calyx; the ray copious, and white; the disk yellow, with lower flowers. The thirteenth species rises four feet high ; the flowers arc pale blu(\ appearing aljout Michaelmas. The whole [)lant is lomentose, especially the leaves and calyxes. The raceme simple, Avith very short peduncles, it is ;i native of Virginia. . ' ' ' .■ - .. I 'J'he lilicenth s[)ccies has the slcu) obscurely furrowed, of a pale red, not very erect, but irregularly llexuose, corymbosely branched, the branches divaricate and much divided; the leaves of the same foru), sometimes having a single serrature, the edge scal^rous, if the finger be drawn toward the base, the surface rough with invisible hairs; the flowers rather solitary, somewhat small, on long, scaly, yellow peduncles; scales of the calyx distant, in five rows; disk of the corolla yellow; ray pale blue, revolule; the height near four feet, having broad leaves at the bollom, which diminish gradually to the top. The flowers ai)[)ear at the latter end of August. It is a native of Virginia. The sixteenth lises to the height of four (cv.\, the stems putting out side branches towards the top, which grow erect, forming a loose spike of large blue flowers, expanding about the end of October. It is a native of North America. - Tlwi seventeenth species has the steins three feet high, Mith side 70 . voody branches having clusters of narrow leaves like those of the Larch-tree; the tlowers are produced from the side of the branches, upon long slender peduncles singly; they are of a pale blue colour, and appear the beginning of March. It is a native of the Cape. Culture.-^-'Thc hardy kinds of these plants easily succeed in almost any soil or situation. The first sort, and varieties being an- nual plants, arc propagated by sowing the seeds of the different kinds from the beginning of March to May, on a very moderate hot-bed, just to bring up the plants, the air being admitted as much as possi- ble when the weather is suitable, in order to promote the vigorous growth of the plants; when they are sufficiently strong they should be planted out either into beds of good earth at six inches distance each way, or into tlie places where they are to remain, in the borders or other parts: the latter is probably the better practice, as they grow- more strongly. In the bed method they are usually transplanted after a i'ew weeks, with large balls of earth to their roots, into the situations M'here they are to flower, the mould being made fine about them. A few of the fine double varieties may also be put in pots. Moist weather is the most suitable for this business, but in other cir- cumstances a little water should be given immediately after the earth has been closed round their roots, as well as in future when it may be necessary. But when the sowing is not made at an early period, the best practice is to let it be done in the situations where the plants are to grow, which should be rather warm and dry, the moidd being made fine by a rake in the spots Avhere they are to be put in, as in this way their growth is less checked than when transplanted. In either method of sowing, care should be taken that the seed be only covered in a very light manner, and tliat the mould be made very fine. .;. The only further culture which they require, is that of keeping the plants perfectly free from weeds, and well supported in the time of flowering. The whole of the hardy American sorts as well as the Italian species may be readily increased by parting the roots. In the 71 former it is besL performed in llie autumn, tlie parted roots being immediately planted out in the places where they are designed to flower. The latter or Italian sort should have the rools parted and re- planted as soon as the flowers begin to decline, as, when the busi- ness is deferred till late in the autumn or the spring, the i)lanls neither grow so strong nor flower so completely, 'i'he rools in this kind should not be taken up oftener than once in three or four years, where a full disj)]ay of flowers is the principal object. This sort has not been so much attended to since the introduc- tion of the American species; but from the plants creeping less by the roots, and requiring less support in the stems, they are equally deserving of regard for the purpose of cultivation. As this sort is not, however, capable of increasing fast by dividing the roots, it may be readiiy multiplied by planting cuttings from the young shoots in the later spring months, in situations where the mould is light and fine, being wvW shaded from the elfects of the sun till they are perfectly established in the soil. The last or shrubby sort must be jiropagated by setting the cut- tings of the young shoots, in puis of light earth, in the spring or summer months, Avhich sho\dd be plunged in a hot-bed to promote their striking root. They may then be placed out in the open air during the sununcr season, but in the autumn and winter they re- (juire the protection of a green-house. The first sort, or China Asters, are elegant plants for the purpose of variety, in the clumps and common borders of gardens, or j)lca- sure grounds. In saving the seeds, they should be selected from the best coloured flowers of the most perfect plants, in October, when they are fully ripened, and be gathered when quite dry. The perennial sorts have likewise a showy appearance, in largo clumps and borders, when judiciously distributed among other hardy shrubs and herbaceous plants; some of the species continuing to flower to a late period in the autunmal season. The shrubby kind aftbrds variety among other green-house plants, both in the summer and winter season. 72 2. AMARANTHUS HYPOCHONDRIACUS. prince's feather. Tins genus comprises many plants of the Prince's Fenfher kind. They are universally herbaceous annuals, several of ihem being highly beaulifuland curious. They are likewise sometimes dislinguishctl by the lilies of Flower Gentle, Love-lies-bleeding, &c. It beloniis to the class and order Moiuvcia Pcntonilria, and ranks in the natural order of Miscellanea'. The characlers arc : that those species which have male flowcre on ihe same plants v.ilh the females have a calyx, which is a five or three-leaved perianlhium, upright, coloured, and permanent; the leaflels lanceolale, and acute: no corolhi: the slamina have five or three capillary filaments, from upright patulous, of the length of the calyx, the anlhera^ oblong and versatile. Of those which have female flowers in the same raceme with the males, the calyx is a perianlhium the same with the former: no corolla: the pistillum has an ovate germ; the styles three, short and subulate: stigmas simple and per- manent: the pericarpium is an ovate capsule, somewhat compressed, as is also the calyx on which it is j)laced, coloured, and of the same size; three-beaked, one-ceiled, cut open transversely: the seed is single, globular, compressed, and large. 'J"he species that demand attention for the purpose of cultivation are very numerous, but those most generally cultivated are: 1. A. mclancliulicus. Two-coloured Amaranthus; 2. A. tricolor, Three-co-, loured Amaranthus; 3. A. sanguineus. Spreading or Bloody Ama- ranthus; 4. .'i. caiidatus. Pendulous Amaranthus, or Love-lies-bleed- ing; 5. yJ. /«o.}7'//?»s. Tree Amaranthus; 6. /J. c;v«7//«s. Various-leaved Auiaranthus; 7- A. In/jwc/iondriacus, Prince's-feather Amaranthus. The first, or TAvo-colourcd Ahiaranthus, lias the stem upright, half a foot hiuh, dark purple, sinoolh, streaked, and simple: the leaves are blunt, wrinkled,* waved, femarginalc, nuicronale, with a short while j)oint; Uic loweV ones 'rufous livcr-coiourcd on the upper surface, l)right purple on the lower, with elevated veins: the upper ones green, wilh red tips: the petioles ehannclled, bright purple, smooth, edged at top with the decreasing leaf: the lower ones nearly the length of the leaves: tiie gionierules subsessile, dark purple, on a very short undivided peduncle: the calyxes five-leaved: the leaf- lets oblong, ])urple, membranaceous, ending in a dark red point. Professor Martyn observes that this species varies in the colour of the leaves; as in the open air they are of a dirly purple on their upper surface, and in the younger ones green; while in the stove the whole plant is of a fine purple colour. It is, however, easily dis- linguishetl in all slates by its colour, its leaves, and the lateness of its flowering, which is after all the others are past. It is a native of Guiana and the East Indies. ]\Ir. Miller remarks that it grows to the same height with the Tricolor, and in the manner of ils growth greatly resembles it; but that th.e leaves have only two colours, an obscure purple and a bright crimson, so blended as to set off each other, making a fine appearance when ihe plants are vigorous. The second species, or Three-coloured Amarantlui's, has the stem a foot and half or two feel in height, obscurely angular, smooth, and upright: the leaves blue with a red point, smooth, and waved: llie younger ones red with yellow tips: those in a more mature state coralled at the base, violet in the middle, and green at the end: the old ones green with a violet base: the j)etioles very long, smooth, green, channelled, and bordered: the glomerules geminate, green, axillary: the calyxes ihree-leaved : the leaflets oblong, acuminate, membranaceous, with a green nrrve. It varies in the colour of ihe leaves, which are less painted in the oj)en air ihan in the stove. It has been long cultivated for the beauty of its variegated leaves, in which the colours are elegantly mixed. When the plant is in full vigour these are kirge, and closely set from the bottom to the top of the stalk: the brandies also form a sort of [)yramid; so that there is L scarce!}' a more handsome plant when it is in full lustre. It flowers from June to September. And it is a native of Guiana. The third, or Bloody-leaved Amaranlhus, has the stem upright, four feet high, firm, red, round, and streaked: the leaves somewhat convex, or rather so contracted as to have the form of a boat, and pointed; the older ones rather blunt: the upper surface is a mixture of red and green, the lower more or less purple: the petioles are tinged with purple, channelled, roughish; winged at top with the leaf: the racemes very red: the branches smooth, the lower one spreading: the calyxes five-leaved: leaflets oblong, blunt, mem- branaceous, and red: the bractea? subdulato-setaceous, red, longer than the flowers, closely surrounding the glomerules. The fourth species, or Pendulous Amaranthus, has the stem ge- nerally two feet high, green, obscurely angular, grooved and streaked, smooth, covered at top with thin, whilish, scattered hairs: the upper part nods on account of the great length of the racemes: the leaves are smooth, bright green, blunt, emarginate, with an incurved trans- parent point: the petioles much shorter than the leaf: the racemes terminating, elegantly purple, very long, cylindrical, composed of flowers very closely glomerate: the calyxes five-leaved: the leaflets oblong, r.'d, acuminate, membranaceous: the bracteoe oblong, point- ed, and scattered. The fifth, or Tree Amaranthus, rises to the height of seven or eight feet, sending otf numerous horizontal branches at every ten or twelve inches: the leaves are rough, green, and luxuriant: the spikes are seldom half the length of those of the other sorts, but are much thicker. It is said to degenerate gradually into the smaller kijid. The seeds, which at first are white, also become red. It flowers in iVugust and September. And it is a native of Persia, &c. In the sixth species, the stem is a foot and a half or two feet in height, grooved, green with red streaks, smooth, and slightly pubes- cent among the flowers: the leaves are green, spotted with brown above, red beneath, bluntish with a reddish short jioint: the petioles red, channelled, and smooth: the racemes red and green, with braucblets spreading and nodding a little: the calyx five-leaved: the 75 leatlcls oblong, pointed, whilc-nicnihranaceous, with a red nerve, and a point of the same colour. It varies of a shining red colour,— with a red slalk with j)alc leaves, — with a green stalk with variegated leaves, &c. As first cul- tivated in this climate, according lo professor JMartjn, the stem vtas wholly red and smooth; the petioles, iii;s, and nerves of the leaves underneath purple; the spikes pur[)le, much spreading, and a little nodding. They were of course very l>eaulif;d, and made a gay ap- pearance for the two first years: but afterwards the seeds degene- rated, and the plants had little beauty; which is the same with some other species of this genus. It is a native of the East Indies. In the seventh species, the stem is erect, a foot and a half or two feet in height, smooth, except under the leaves, where it is a little scabrous, reddish, roundish, streaked, and grooved: the leaves are red and green, acute, with elevated veins: the petioles arc channel- led, and of a reddish colour: the racemes arc naked, red, lateral, short, and placed about the stem without order: the calyxes are five- leaved: the leaflets oblong, acute, membranaceous, and red. It varies with leaves more or less red, — with very red and paler racemes, with a green and red, — wilh a rough and smooth stalk. It flowers from July to September. i\nd it is a native of Viroinia. Culture. — 'i"he propagation in most of these sj)ecics is not eflTc^cted without considerable trouble, as they require the aid of artificial heat, in order to bring them forward in the greatest perfection. 'I'herc are a few, however, that may be raised in the oi)en ground without the assistance of heat applied in the above manner. The two first, as being the most lender, demand much o^reater attention and more artificial heat in producing tb.eu), than those of tlie third, fourth, and filth kinds. And the -sixth and seventh species are capable of being raised with still less heat than those of the above sorts, though not in the fullest jxrfeclion without a slight degree of it. Ill all the different species the business is accomplished by sow- ing the seeds annually in the early spring months, as about the latter end of March or beginning of April, on beds of good earth, either 76 over heat or in the natural ground, according to the nature of the plants. The earher the sowing can he pertbrnied, the belter growth the phmts will attain in the summer season. . In raising the two first sorts in the greatest lustre and perfection, the aid of two or three different hot-beds is necessary; which should be covered with frames and glasses, so as to slide with ease and con- venience. The first of these hot-beds should l/C small, and made in the ordinary way, for the purpose of receiving the seed, and which may likewise serve for that of other annuals of the tender kind of similar growth. They should be earthed over the lop within the frames, to the depth of five or six inches, with good light dry mould. In this the seed should be sown in small shallow drills, and covered over very lightly with fine sifted mould: the glasses are tlien to be placed over. In these situalions the plants should be suffered to re- main till liicy have attained the height of two or three inches, air being admitted in fine daj's, and the glasses covered at nighls with garden mats. When the plants are in this situation, a second hot-, bed is to be prepared in the same manner, into which the young plants are to be pricked out to the distance of about four inches from each other, moderate waterings being occasionally given, and the plants well shaded from the sun till ihey have taken fresh root. Air should now be admitted more freely when the weather is fine, by raising one end of the glasses, and the night coverings be carefully applied. Alter the plants have remained in these beds a month or six weeks, and are become tolerably strong in their growth, so as to. require more space, the final hot-beds should be made ready. These, ought to be of much larger dimensions. When the frames are placed over them, earth to the depth of four or five inches should be laid over; and the plants, after being taken up with balls of earth about their roots, planted in pots of about the twenty-fourth size, water being inuncdialely applied in a sparing manner, and the pots plunged in the earth of the beds, the frames being raised occasionally, as the plants advance in growth. The lights are to be constantly kept on, but air freely admitted by raising the ends daily, and water applied every day or two. Towards tlie end of June the plants will have 77 risen to nearly their full size; mIicu they may be placed out in the open air, where they are fully seen when the weather is fine and setlled, each of tlieni being supported by a handsome stick. In their after cultvue, they requin- to be kept constantly in the pots, and to have water freely applied almost every day when the season is hot In order to procure the seed of these kinds in perfection, it is the best method to put a few of the best plants in a deep frame towards the latter end of the sununer, that they may, by being more per- fectly sheltered by the glasses, be rendered more fully ripe. In the culture of the third and fourth sorts, as they are more hardy, one or two moderate hot-beds at most will be fully sufficient for raising the plants. In these cases, the seeds should be sown upon a moderate hot-bed towards the end of March ; and when the plants come up they should have a considerable share of air admitted to them in mild weather, in order to prevent llieir drawing up in too weak a state: and when they are become large enough to be trans- planted out, another moderate hot-bed should be provided, into which they should be removed, placing them at six inches distance in every direction, care being taken to water them as well as to shade them from the sun in hot weather, until they have taken new root:, after which the air should be freely admitted to them at all times when the season is favourable. Their waterings should likewise be frequent, but not given in too great (piantity at a time. As the plants advance in growth, and the warmth of the season increases, they should have a greater proportion of air, that by degrees ihey may be hardened so as to bear the open exposure. In the beginning of June the plants may be taken up with large balls of earth about their roots, and planted some into pots, and others in the borders or other parts of the pleasure-grounds, shading them carefully until they have taken good root: after which they should be iVeciuenlly watered in hot dry weather, especially those in the pots; as every evening or oftcner. As the Tree Amaranthus does not thrive well in pots, it should be planted in a rich light soil, and be allowed plenty of room, and a 78 full supply of water, as often as may be neccessary. In these cir- cumstances it frequently attains a considerable size, especially in dry seasons. The two last species are capable of being raised upon warm dry borders with tolerable facility ; but they neither attain the full growth, afford such large flower-spikes, or appear in such early perfection, as when managed in the manner of the above. In preserving the seed of the last five sorts, some of the largest and finest spikes should be collected, as they ripen towards the latter end of September, and exposed to the full sun in some dry airy situ- ation until they become perfectly dry, when the seeds may be rub- bed out and put by in a dry warm place. Persons who are curious in raising these annual plants in great perfection, find it convenient to have a glass case erected, with up- right sloping glasses on every side, having a pit in the bottom for tan, in which the pots are plunged. If this be raised eight or nine feet to the ridge, and the upright glasses are five feet, there will be room and light enough to raise these as well as many other plants of a similar growth to great perfection: and, by such a contrivance, many of those tender annual plants, which rarely perfect seeds in this climate under other circumstances, may be brought forward so as to ripen their seeds in a perfect manner. All these plants are highly ornamental, the more tender sorts be- ing mostly distributed in mixture with others of the showy kinds in places immediately about the house; while those that are more hardy afford much ornament and variety in the borders, clumps, and other situations in gardens or pleasure-grounds. They should have rather open exposures, and be distributed towards the fronts, espe- cially those of the low growing kinds. J'l. ' smooth, branching a lilllc: the leaves very remote, rather fleshy and smooth: the radical or lower ones three or four together: the flowers in a head or corymb, and small: the calyx erect, not close, but Avith distant divisions: the corolla pur- ple, with a white palate marked with obscure veins, purple: the upper lip longest; spur straight, as long or longer than the corolla. It is a native of France, &c. The ninth is an annual plant, from whose root proceed many stalks, which are lax and rushy, very slender, ai\d about a foot in height; on the lower part they have five very narrow, linear, obtuse leaves at each joint; but upwards they arc sometimes by pairs, and sometimes single: the stalks are divided into many small branches, with little yellow flowers coming out singly at a distance from each other, which a})pcar in July, and ripen their seeds in August. It is a native of Sicily. There are two varieties of this plant, one with a deep yellow- coloured flower, the other with a sulphur-coloured flower. In the tenth species the root is perennial : the stems slender, branching at bottom, growing thicker towards the top, from two to seven inches long, ascending, round and smooth : the leaves (juite entire, without veins, and thick; ihe lowest smaller, and in fours: the upper ones solitary, or two ()p[)osite, or sometimes three: the flowers in a close raceme at the ends of the stalks; they arc very elegant, of a fine violet ])urple colour, Avith a rich gold colour in the middle, and are in blow most part of the sunnncr. It is a native of the Alps. The eleventh species rises wilh a strong woody stalk, three feet high, having smooth, spear-shaped leaves, placed alternately, and sitting close to the stalk. The flowers are produced at the end of the branches in short loose spikes; these arc of a deep yellow co- 86 lour, much larger ihaii those of the common sort, and stand upon shorL tbot-slalks. It fiowers in July, but the seeds rarely ripen in this climate, which makes the plants scarce. It is a native of Crele, &c. The twelfth is a biennal or perennial plant, which rises with an upright, branching stalk from three to four leet high, having sj^ear- shapcd, allernale leaves, ending in acute points, and of a grayish colour. The flowers are produced at the end of the branches, in loose panicles; lliey are of a bright yeflow colour. It is a nalive of Siberia, &c. In the thirteenth the root is biennial : the stem from a foot or eighteen inches to two and even three feet in height, upright, round, solid, smooth at bottom, but pubescent higher up: the leaves are lanceolate or ovate, blunt, the lower mostly opposite, the upper inclined to be alternate: the flowers in a spike, pointing one way, large and handsome, on a very short, hairy peduncle, supported by a short, concave, acuminate bracte: the nectary obtuse, scarcely pro- minent: the capsule obliquely opening at top, unequal at the base; vulgarly compared in sha|)e to a calf's head: the tops of the stalks and the calyxes are usually viscid. It is a native of the south of Europe, and flowers in June and July. There are a great many varieties, as with red, yellow, purple ami white flowers, red with while or yellow mouths, white and red, yel- low and red, yellow and white, purple and white, purple with yellow mouths, with scarlet dotted with gold colour, with double flowers, and variegated leaves. Tlie fuurtc(>nth species is a biennial, or at most a triennial plant, which fre(pient!y pei'ishes soon after the seeds are ripened, 'i'iic steni is erect, two feet high, branching, terminated with a long thin spike: the stem-leaves small and three-parted, sometimes live-parted, very diflcrent from the broad, serrate, radical ones: the ])ractes one- flowered, linear, long, sometimes Irifid: the flowers \eiy small, on short peduncles, in a very long raceme, containing fixrjuently an hundred flowers: the segments of the calyx almost ciq)inary: the corolla blue, nodding, quincpiefid, two of the divisions erect, three 87 iioddina;; lliroal open willioul an}' palate; spur sliorl, beul baek : the anlhcrs rcticx, dark blue. It is a native of Spain, &c. Culture. — In most ol' the plants of the Toad-Flax kind the pro- pagation ma}"^ be readily effected by sowing the seeds either in the autumn or the spring, in situations wheie they are to remain, and wheiv \\\v soil is light and not enriched by manure. The seeds of ihe third, sixth, and eleventh species arc best put into ihc ground in the spring; and those of the fourth, fifth, eighth, and ninth in the au- tumn. The first species may be increased by the trailing stalks which put out roots from the joints. It will succeed in any soil or situation. The fourth and fifth species may likewise be j)ropagated by parting the roots. The seventh and tenth may be raised by cut- tings, which should be planted out in a shady situation in the sum- mer season, and when they have taken good root they may be removed into pots of light earth of the jjoorer sort. The striped varieties must also be propagated by cuttings, in tiic same way as the above. The plants raised by cuttings should be sheltered during the win- ter months, fresh air being admitted freely in mild weather. When protected under a hot-bed tiame they succeed better than in the green- house, as in the latter situation the plants are apt to be drawn up weak. The plants raised from seed should be removed inlo J)()l8 of light sandy earth, especially in flu; eleventh species, till they have taken fresh root, being then exposed in assemblage with other hardy exotic plants till October, when they should be placed in a hot-bed frame to be protected from frost. Some may likewise be i)lanted out in warm situations on rubbish or poor sandy soils, where tli(\v will fre- quently stand in miki winters, as in such siliuitions they resist cold the best. In the Snap dragon kind the propagation may be accomplished cither by the seed or by cuttings. AA'hen the forujer melhod is prac- tised, the seeds in the thirteenth tj;ecies should be sown in the s])ring, as in April or May, in tlu' j)laces wheie they are to remain, ivlierc they will produce flowers in ihe following spring. I'ut in the 88 fourleentb species the seed should be sown in the autumn on borders or olher pUices, where they are to remain. They must be tliinned in the following spring, and they mostly flower in the second. If the former of these sorts be designed to grow on rocky barren situations, the seeds should be sown in March, where they are to remain. AVhere the latter mode is employed, the cuttings should be made in the summer season, and planted out in a proper shade till they have stricken root. These are most of them plants adapted to the purpose of orna- ment, either in rocky barren situations, or in the borders, clumps or other parts of gardens and pleasure-grounds. The first species is particularly suited for covering rock work, and the thirteenth also grows well in such situations, and it, as well as most of the other species, is adapted for the purpose of affording variety in the larger borders or other compartments. They last the longest in dry poor rocky situations. 7 J,f/„r,i ri'rri.ncd PLATE IX. 1. ARGEMONE MEXICAN MEXICAN ARGEMONE. Tins ffenus comprehends a planl of ihc annual kind : The Prickly Poppy. Il bclonos to the class and order Folijaiidria Moiiogi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of" R/uvadecB. The characters of which are: lliat the calyx is a three-leaved, roundish perianth: the leaflets roundish wilh a point, concave and caducous: the corolla consists of six roundish petals, from erect spreading, larger than the calyx: the stamina consist of numerous filiform filaments, the length of the calyx: the anthers are oblong and erect: the pislillum is an ovate, five-angled germ: there is no style: the stigma thickish, obtuse, retlex, quinquefid and permanent: the pericarpium is an ovate, five-angled, one-celled, half-valved cap- sule: the sceda numerous and very small: the receptacles linear, fastened to the angles of the i)ericarpium, but not gaping: the half- valved capsule distinguishes this fron> the. Fapaver. There is only one species cultivated in the garden: A. Mexicana. It is an annual plant, rising to the height of two or three feet, wilh stems armed with i)rickles: leaves sinuate or jagged, soft, shining, stem-clasping, the points of the jags ending in sharp yellow spines; on the upper side there are milky veins, as in Our Lady's Thistle; on the under, small prickles along the midrib and veins: the flowers are solitary at the ends of the stem and branches: the corolla is yellow, with from four to six petals: the calyx consists of two or three prickly leaves: the stigma is capitate, small, wilh live notches: the capsule superior, having five or six ribs from tob to bottom, and between the ribs armed with bristle-shaped spines; at the top is the flatted stig- ma: the seeds are very numerous, round, black, rough, with a com- pressed scar on one side : the valves of the caj)sule vary in number, as well as the petals, from four to six. It is a native of Mexico, and flowers in July and August. Culture. — As this is an annual plant, it may be easily raised by sowing the seeds thinly in spols of light earth in the places where the plants are to remain. As the plants shed their seeds, they mostly continue for several years after they have been once introduced. 2. AZALIA NUDIFLORA COCCINEA.. SCARLET AZALIA. This genus contains plants of the hardy deciduous flowering shrubby kinds. The Upright American Honeysuckle. It belongs to the class and order Fentandvia Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Bkorncs. The characters of which are: that the calyx is a five-parted, acute, erect, small, coloured, permanent perianthium: the corolla is monopetalous, bell-shaped, semiquinquefid; the sides of the divi- sions bent in: the stamina consist of five filiform filaments, inserted into the receptacle and free: the anthers are simple: the pistillum is a roundish germ: the style fdiform, the length of the corolla, and permanent: the stigma is obtuse: the pericarpium is a roundish cap- sule, five-celled and five-valved: the seeds many and roundish. The species chiefly cultivated are : 1. A. nucUjiora, Naked-flowered Azalia; 2. A. viscosa. Viscid-flowered Azalia. The first in its native situation often rises to the height of fifteen feet, but here is never more than half that height. It sends out seve- ral stems from the root. The leaves arc oblong, smooth, alternate 91 and pelioled. The peduncles arc axillary, long antl naked, sup- porting a cluster of red flowers, wliicli an- luhulous, swelling al their base like those of the hyacinth, and contracted at their neck ; they are divided at the top into five c(|ual segments, Avhich spread open. The five stamens and style are much longer than the petals, and stand erect, it is a native of Virginia. There are varieties of this plant with scarlet flowers; with pale red flowers; with curly white flowers; with red and white flowers; and with variegated flowers. The second is a low shrub, rising Avith several slender stems near four feet high: the leaves come out in clusters at the ends of the shoots without order: they are spcar-sluipctl, and narrow at their base; their edges are set with very short teeth, which are rough: the flowers come forth in clusters between the leaves at the extremities of the branches; they are white, with a mixture of dirty yellow on the outside: the tube is an inch long, and al the top they are pretty deeply cut into five segments; the two up[)er are reflex, the two side ones bent inward, and the lower oik; is turned downward: the sta- mens are a little longer than the petals, and support oblong saffron- coloured anthers. The style is much longer than the stamens, and is crowned by an obtuse stigma. These flowers have much the ap- pearance of those of IJoney-suckle, and are as agreeably scented ; more so than the foregoing sort. 'J'hey appear the middle of July, but are not succeeded by seeds in this climate. It is a native of North America. This plant has varieties, with while striped flowers; with narrow petallcd flowers; and with clustered flowers. Culture. — These plants may be raised without much difliculty, in rather moist soils where the situation is shady. As they never pro- duce seeds in this climate, they must be increased by layers from the young shoots, or by oftsels from the roots. The best season for either of these methods is the early part of the autumn, when they should be set out where they are to grow, or be planted in roAvs in the nursery manner. It is useful to protect the roots during llie win- 92 ter, by covering the ground about them with old tan, or other simi- lar substances. Where the seeds can be procured, plants may be raised by sow- ing them either in pots or on warm borders; in the former method, forcing their growth by plunging them in mild hot-beds. These shi ubby plants are suited for aflbrding variety in shrubbe_ ries and other places, both on account of their fragrant smell and the beauty of their flowers. riii' f'.inihJ hv SvJ T.,U,ir,L T.yii.L'ii Tul'hih,;! JanlldO!' by {lKe,u\f-Uv Fli-^i Str,;-t ^ ,/■/// /v//vv/ 7/// //yv^/y/.'/r-v - Fl<»r/iJt,/ /nis/i A thji-iivrj hvF' \,mf('n PLATE X. ■ 1. BIGNONIA RADICANS. ASH-LEAVED TRUMPET FLOWER. Tins genus comprehends several plants of Uie shrubby and tree exotic kinds. The Trumpet Flower, or Scarlet Jasmine. It belon(TS to the class and order Didynamia Angiospermia, and ranks in the natural order of Persoimta. The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed, erect, cup- form, five cleft perianthium: the corolla monopetalous, campanu- late; tube very small, the length of the calyx: throat very long, ven- tricose beneath, oblong-campanulate: border five-parled, the two upper divisions reflex, lower patulous: the stamina consist of four subulate filaments, shorter than the corolla; two longer than the other two: the anthers reflex, oblong, as it were double: the pislil- lum is an oblong germ, the style filiform, having the situation and form of the stamens: the stigma is capitate: the pcricarpium is a two-celled, two-valved siiicjue: partition membranaceous, j)arallel and thickened at the sutures: the seeds are very many, imbricate, compressed, and membrane-winged on both sides. The species chiefly cultivated for ornamental purposes are: 1. B. catalpa, Calalpa and Tree l^ignonia. 2. B. sempervircns. Evergreen Carolina Bignonia, or Yellow Jasmine. 3. B. uil^ids, Cut-claw Big- nonia. 4. B. radicans. Rooting Ash-leaved Scarlet Bignonia. The first is a deciduous tree, rising with an upright stem, covered with a smooth brown bark, to the height of thirty or forty feet in ilg native situation, but not nearly so high in this climate: it sends out many strong lateral branches, having very large, heart-shaped, or 94 ovate, leaves on ihem, ijlaced ojjposile at every joint. The flowers are produced in large branching panicles towards the end of the branches; they are of a. dirty while colour, with a few purple spots? and faint stripes of yellow on their inside: the tube of tlie corolla is much shorter, and the n])per part more spreading than in the fourth sort: the segments also are deeper cut, and waved on their edges. The flowers are succeeded by longer taper pods in its native situa- tion; but these have not as yet been produced in this climate. It is a native of South Carolina, and flowers in August. The second species rises with slender stalks, which twist them- selves round the neighbouring plants, and mount to a considerable height : the leaves come out single and opposite to each other at every joint: they remain green through the year. The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves at every joint, sometimes but two, at other times fourat each joint; these stand erect, are trumpet-shaped, yellow, and have a very sweet scent; and, in the countries Avhere they grow naturally, are succeeded by short taper pods filled with small winged seeds. It is a native of South Carolina. The third rises with slender stems which require support. The leaves are small, ovate, entire, and placed opposite at every joint; at the same places come out the tendrils, by which the plants fasten themselves to Avhatever c;rows near them: the flowers are axillarv, and shaped like those of the Foxglove- They are not succeeded by pods in this climate. It is a native of the West-Indies. The fourth species has rough stems, which send out many trailing branches, putting out roots at their joints, and thereby fastening themselves to the trees in their natural places of growth, and climb- ing to a great height: when it is planted against walls, it strikes into the mortar of the joints so strongly as to support the branches, and Avill rise to the height of forty or fifty feet. The leaves are opposite at every joint, composed of four pairs of leaflets, terminated by an odd one; they are serrate, and end in a long sharp point. The flow- ers are produced at the ends of the shoots of the same year, in large bunches ; they have long swelling tubes, shaped somewhat like a .9j trumpet, whence the plant has tlic appc^llalion of Trnni])et Flower. The corolla is of an orange colour, and oj)ens at the beginnin<>- of August. It is a native ot" Carolina. There is a variety of this with small flowers. Several other species of this genus arc equally deserving of cul- tivation. Culture. — These plants are capable of being raised either from seeds, layers, or cuttings of the stronger shoots, according to the species. In the first, the best methods are those of sowing the seeds, ob- tained from abroad, in pots of light fresh earth, in the early spring- season, plunging them immediately in a moderate hot-bed of tan or dung: when the young plants appear, they shoukl be placed in Avarm sheltered exposures till the autunm, when they require the protection of frames and glasses, or of a good green-house, free air being ad- mitted when the weallier will jx rmil. After the plants have attained sufficient growth in these situations, thoy may be removed from the pots, planted out in warm situations where they are to remain, or in the inirsery, protection being given them in the winter season when it proves severe. Some however prefer raising plants of this sort by setting the cuttings of the young shoots in the early spring, in pols of the same earth, plunging them in moderate hot-beds till they have stricken full root, Avater and siiade being occasionally given them, gradually as the summer advances enuring ihom to the full air, in order to harden them. On the a[>proach of autumn, they should be taken under shelter of some sort when the weather is severe. In the spring following they may, if necessary, he planted out where they are to stand, or be put in tiie nursery ground. 'I'iiese plants succeed best in such soils as are rich, and rather inclined to moisture. All the other species may likewise be raised liom seeds, by being managed in the same manner as the preceding one; but a more ready method is by layers, made from the young shoots in the autunm or spring seasons; which may be taken ofi' and planted out, either 96 where lliey are to remain, or in the nursery-ground, after ihey have had a twelvemonths growth. They are also capable of being in- creased by cuttings of the more strong shoots, planted out and ma- naged in the same way as in the first sort. In all the kinds, the phmts raised from seeds are much longer be- fore they produce flowers, than when ihey are propagated by layers or cuttings of the flowering plants. . - The chief culture, after the plants are fully established, is that of cutting out all the small weak shoots of the preceding year, in the winter season, and shortening the stronger ones to the length of about two feet, in order to induce flowering shoots to be sent out for the ensuing summer. These plants are all of long duration, when care- fully managed. The first species, though late in putting out its leaves and flowers, is a highly ornamental shrubby tree, that may be introduced with propriety and great effect in the back but more conspicuous parts of large borders, or the middle of large clumps and other planted parts of shrubberies and grounds. When in full foliage it has a fine appearance, affording an agreeable diversity in such situations. It is likewise well suited for planting out singly on the more spa- cious lawns or other open parts, where the situations are not too much exposed, as when permitted to take its natural growth it pro- duces a good effect. The second species is more lender, requiring the protection of mats or other coverings in winter, in the time of frosts, and the ap- plication of tan or litter about the roots. It succeeds best, and has the finest appearance, when planted against a warm wall, where it has room to climb and spread. The third and fourth species are much more hardy, though ti.ey should have some protection when frosts occur in the winter. 'J'hey are very ornan^ental when planted against high walls or buildings, especially the latter, as it will fix on the crevices, and extend itself over a vast surface. If trained up against high trees, it also produces a fm€ appearance when in flower. 97 2. BUTOMUS UMBELLATUS, FLOWERING RUSH. Tins genus contains a plant of the flowery perennial aquatic kind. The Flowering Rush, or Water Gladiolc. It belongs to the class and order Enncandria Ilexagyiiia, and ranks in the natural order of Tripetaloide^e. ' The characters are: that the calyx is a simple, three-leaved, short involucre: the corolla consists of six petals, roundish, concave, wi- thering; three outer alternate, smaller, more acute: the stamina con- sist of nine subulate filaments: the anthers are bilamellate: the pistil- lum has six germs, oblong, acuminate, ending in styles: the sligmas are simple: the pericarpium consists of six capsules, oblong, gra- dually attenuated, erect, one-valved, gaping on the inside: the seeds are very many, oblong-cylindric, obtuse at both ends, fixed to the wall of the capsules. There is only one species: B. umheUatus, Unibcllatcd Butonius, or Flowering Rush. It has a thick, oblong, fibry, perennial root: the leaves are ensi- form, long, triangular, smooth, cpiite entire, spongy, at bottom sheathing, at top flat and twisted: the scape upright, round, smooth, from one to three or five and six feet high: the flowers to thirty, each on a single round peduncle, from an inch to about a finger's length* forming an upright umbel, surrounded at bottom by an involucre of three withering membranous sheaths; besides a smaller stipule to each peduncle: corolla handsome, near an inch in breadth; commonly of a bright or pale flesh-colour, purple or rose-colour. It is a native of most parts of Europe, and Flowers in June and iu\y. There are varieties with white flowers; with red flowers; with deep purple flowers. ^ o 98 Culture. — 'J'lic propagation in this plant is effected either by seed or the roots. In the first mode the seed may be sown thick, in any watery or boggy place, in the autumn, and left to nature. In the second method the roots should be removed any time after flowering, and such as admit of it, divided, planting (hem at once in the places allotted them, where they flower annually for a great length of time. These plants are very ornamental on the sides of waters, or in soft boggy situations, in pleasure grounds. i. . I /y II l,llill,;I hy . IV/J* EihnrJj- F.n.ir.l...! I ' rjii./tr Lr7,,h^i, Futl,flu-J Ju/y USM by G IO,ir.,?,-y FT^,-! fh:;/ fj II l)7i II ) 11 /// /ili/ii r.i II III D III I'l't nuiU n/ iri/i II /// , /'i/i/liiil ctipi I1//11 III ■ \/irii/i/'\ Iltiiwv ,,i r ' Spri/iti Jj ill Iw/ri/ 1 11 ill ' ' /j,i 1 \ /i/iuAf/ AV';ni'^„iii /J ll/r )p ri /It/ PLATE XI. 1. BUPLEURUM FRUTICOSUM. SHRUBBY HARES-EAR. Tiirs genus comprises plants of the evergreen shrubby kind. Hare's Ear, or ^Ethiopian Hartwort. It belongs to the class and order Pentandiia Digynia, and ranks in the natural order of Umhdlata. Tlie characters are: that the calyx is an universal umbel, with fewer than ten rays; partial with scarcely ten rays, erect-expanding: involucre universal many-leaved; partial five-leaved, larger: leaflets expanding, ovate, acute: the perianthium jiroper obscure: the co- rolla is universal uniform: floscules all fertile: proper, of five, in- voluted, entire, very short petals: the stamina consist of five simple filaments: the anthers roundish : the pistillum is an inferior germ: the styles two, reflected, and small: the stigmas very small : tlucre is no pericarpium: fruit roundish, compressed, striated, splitting in two: the seeds two, ovale-oblong, convex and striated on one side, flat on the other. The species for the purpose of ornamental culture are: l.B.fru- ticosum, Shrubby Hare's Ear, or vElhiopian Hartwort; 2. B. difforme, Various-leaved Hare's Ear; 3. B. frutescens, Grass-leaved Shrubby Hare's I'-ar. The first is an evergreen shrui) risin'j; to the height of five or six feel, and dividing into many branches so as to form a large regular bush. The stem is covered with a purplisli bark; the branches are well furnished with oblong, sn)oolh, shining, slift' leaves, of a sea- green colour, placed alternately, four inches long, and one broad in the middle; at the ends of these the flowers arc produced in umbels: 100 tliey arc yellow at first, but fade awaj to a brown: they come out in July and August, but seldom perfect seeds in this climate. It is a native of the South of France. ' The second species rises with a shrubby stalk to the height of five or six feet, sending out some side branches, which in the spring have on their lower parts leaves composed of many small flat leaflets, finely cut like those of coriander, and of a sea-green colour; these leaves soon fall off, and the upper part of the branches is closely covered with long rush-like leaves having four angles, coming out ia clusters from each joint. The flowers grow in spreading umbels at the extremities of the branches; are small, of an herbaceous colour, and succeeded by oblong channelled seeds. It is a native of the Cape, and flowers from June to August. The third has a shrubby branching stem of moderate growth: the leaves are sharp and rather fleshy ; and the flowers in small umbels at the end of the branches. It is a native of Spain, and flowers in August and September. Culture. — These sorts of plants may be propagated either by seeds or cuttings. In the first method the seeds should be sown in autumn, soon after the}' are ripe, in pots of light mould, and placed in a frame, to have shelter from frost during winter, and in spring plunged in a hot-bed, especially the two green-house kinds, Avliich soon brings up the plants. These should be inured to the full air, and, when of proper growth, transplanted into separate small pols, shade and occasional waterines beino- given in tlie summer: in aulumn the plants should be placed in a green-house or frame, and in spring following those of the first sort planted out in the nursery-ground. In tiie second method the cuttings should be planted out in spring, in pots of light earlh, plunging them in a moderate hot-bed, where they readily lake root. The common shrubby kind may also be raised by cuttings in the common ground, by jjlanling thenj in the later summer months, and sheltering them occasionally from the frost during the winter; or by planting them in pots at the same lime, and placing them in a garden-frame for occasional shelter from frost. In either method 101 the cuuings emit roots in the spring; water being freely given lu summer, and shelter again in uinter. In the spring rollowing they should be planted out in a sheltered place in the nursery, to attain proper growth lor the shrul)bery quarters. 'I'he first affords an ornamental effect in tlie fronts of clumps and other parts of shrubberies, and the others ui assemblage with oilier potted plants of similar growth. 2. BULBOCODIUM VEKNUM SPRING BULBOCODIUM. This genus contains a plant of the bulbous-rooted flowering pe- rennial kind. Mountain Saffron. It belongs to the class and order Hexandr'ia Monogijnia, and ranks in the natural order oi' Spal/uicece. The characters are: that there is no calyx: ihe corolla hexapeta- lous, funnel-lorm: claws very long, linear: throat connecting the petals: border erect: petals lanceolate, concave: the stamina con- sist of six subulate fdaments, inserted into the claws of the petals: tlie anthers are incumbent: the pistillum is an ovate subulate germ, obtusely three-cornered, and superior: the style is filiform, the length of the stamens: the stigmas three, oblong, erect and channelled: the pericar|)ium is a triangidar, acuminate capsule, angles obscure, and three-celled: the seeds are numerous. There is only one s|)ecies cultivated for ornament, B. vernnm, Spring-flowering iiulbocodium. In this the bulb or root resembles that of common colchieum in shape, but is much smaller; it is covererl v/ilh a d.ukiHown skin. In January, or before the middle t)f the f llowing month, the flower springs up inclosed within three brownish-gi(-cn .'cavts, Avhich oj)en- ing themselves as soon almost as tiiey are (jut of the ground, show their buds for flowers within them very white oiteniimes, before they 102 open far, and sonielimes also purplish at first appearing. Tliere is frequently only one flower, but never more than two flowers on a root; lliey never rise above the leaves, or the leaves much higher than them, whilst they last; they are smaller than those of colchicum; at first are of a pale red or deep blush colour, but afterwards change to a bright purple, and continue long in beaut}', if the weather be not severe. After the flowers are past, the leaves grow to the length of ■ four or five inches, and in the middle of them the seed-vessel rises up. It has the habit of colchicum, but diflers in having only one style: ' from the crocus, which it much resembles, it is also distinguished by the number of its stamens. It is a native of Spain, &c. Cithiire. — Tiiis may be increased by oft-sets removed at the time when the flower and leaf decay, every second or third year; also by sowing the seed in pots filled with loamy earth, in autunm, shelter- ing them in a frame from frost during the winter: the plants appear in spring, which, on the decay of the leaves, should be taken up for planting in the borders in the following autumn, where they flower the year following. When the roots are not frequently taken up, they flower much stronger, and produce a greater increase than when treated in the contrary manner. The plants should have a warm situation, and fresh soil that has ijot been improved by manure. They aftbrd an agreeable variety in beds, borders, and clumps, of pleasure and other grounds. . 3. B L I T U M C A P I TAT U M. BERRY- HEADED STRAWBERRY-BLITE. Tins genus comprises different ])lanls of the annual herbaceous ornamenlal kind. Tiie Bliie, or Strawberry Spinach. It belongs to the class and order Monandria Dlgi/niOi and ranks in the natural order of Holoracea. 103 Tlie cliiu-acters arc: tiiat the calyx is a ihrce-parted, spreading, permanent periantliium, the divisions ovate, equal, two more gajjing tliaii the oilier: there is no corolla: the stamina a setaceous filament, longer than the calyx, within the middle division, and erect: the an- ther is twin: the |)istillum is an ovale, acuminate germ: the styles are two, erect, and gaping, ihe Icnglli of the stamen: the stigmas are simple: the pcMicarpium is a very thin cajisule, (rather the crust of the seed) ovate, a little compressed, contained within the calyx now become a berry: the seed single, globular and compressed, the size of the capside. The species mostly cultivated for ornament are: 1. B. rapitatiim. Berry-headed Strawberry iUite; 2. B. vhgaluni. Slender-branched Strawberry Blile; 3. B. Turtaticiim, Tartarian Strawherry Hlite. I'he first is an annual plant, with leaves somewhat like those of Spinach. The stalk rises about two feet and a half high, when cul- tivated in gardens. The leaves on the lower part of it are of the same shape with the root-leaves, only smaller. The upper part of it has flowers coming out in small heads at every joint, and is termi- nated by a small cluster of the same. After the flowers are past, these little heads swell to the size of wood stiawberries, and when ripe have the same appearance; being very succulent, and full of a purple juice, which stains the hands, and was formeily used for culi- nary purposes as a colouring ingredient. There are varieties, with white and red leaves. The second species seldom grows more than one foot high, with smaller leaves than the first, but of the same shape. The flowers are produced from the axil,-;, almost the whole length of the slalk: they are small, and collected into little heads, shaped like those of the first, but smaller, and not so deeply coloured. It is a native of the South of France. There are varieties, with striped leaves, and with white flowers. The third rises near three feet high: the leaves are triangular, ending in very acute points, as also the indentures on the edges of the leaves. The flowers are axillary in small heads. 'J'he fruit is of the same shape and colour as those of the first, but smaller. This ' 104 . diftbrs from that in the shape and indentures of the leaves; and in liaving leaves placed between the fruits the whole length of the stalk, which is not terminated bv heads as in the first, but has leaves above the heads. Martjn supposes this is probably no more than a variety of the second sort. Culture. — These plants are raised by sowing the seeds annually, in the early spring months, in patches of three or four together, in the borders or clumps where they are to remain, the mould in the places being broken down and rendered rather fine before they are put in. They may also be sown on beds of light earth, and when they rise to a sufficient growth be transplanted to the places where they are to grow, which should be done before the flowering stems rise. The first is the best method. A few may also be raised in pots for particular purposes, which must be kept occasionally watered in dry seasons, and supported by sticks. When planted out in the natural ground, they must be kept clear from weeds, and properly thinned, and have support when necessary, to prevent their being pressed down by the weight of the fruit. They often rise freely from self-sown seeds. They are chiefly cultivated for the ornament which the fruit affords in the latter end of summer, which is as large as that of the common strawberry, and of a red colour. They have a good effect Avhen set out in assemblage with other potted plants in conspicuous situations about the house. TIJ2. T,nnlv,i h S'l E,lw„r,{s ZonJen Fuhl'fhtd leh.USffi by GKr^rskv F/.rl Mmf ('('/■(• jt 1 1(1/ r///rr/,f ^ ,yir//'fi'// I h // // lUliltfit In Sul J'.ilx.ir.L ( ti/\iil n//ni.r f/i'i it/ii,i ( (I rc/i I'll .ii~\i)Uf Londcn l'uhU)l'eJ Kui Ll.iW l,y oKcwj/.i II-. ( I'll/ men Ji /tnli/< /■ /.III Nil r.n,ti;i y, ./ /tf FXifil, Hi ( /ri II r//ni.f . I nil' rtiii mis A'rn' iJt'ryi V ii'n / rri- Ill 'J'here are A'ariclies willi lon^ leaves and wiih round leaves. Culture. — I'his is increased l)y laving down llie young l)ranclies, or one-year's shoots, wliieli may be taken oft" in a twehenionth, and set where they are to remain, as they do not bear Iransplaniing wcil afterwards. Tlie eft'eets of drvin"- winds shoidd be "iiarded against in the sunnner, and trolls in winlei': the Ibrmer l)y very nioderale Avaterings, and the latter by coverings ol' bark. The best season lor laying down is the autumn, and for planting out, liie spring. 'Iliis shnd) is caj)able of bearing the open air, but requires a dry soil and warm e.xjxjsure. it is ver}' ornamental in the ibre parts oi" clumps or bordeis in shrubbery and other ornamented grounds. 2. COLUTEA ARBORESCENS. COMMON BLADDER SENNA. "^^1^1 IS genus contains plants of the hanly deciduous flowering slirubby kind. l>ladder Senna. ll belongs to the class and order DiiuhtpltM Dtcundiia, and laidvs in the natural order of Fap/Jhuacca'. The characters are : that the calyx is u one-leafed perianthiuni, bell-shaped, livc-clctl, ercri, nearly eipial, |)rrnianent: the corolla is papilionaceous; standard, wings, and keel dilier in figure and va- rious |)rnp()i lion; A\ings pressed close together, lanceolate: the sta- mina h.ive diadelphous filaments, (single and nine-clell) ascending: antlu IS simple: the pistilluni is an oblong germ, conij)r( ssed, atte- nuated at each end; style ascending : stigma is a bearded line ex- tended from the middle of the style to its tip, from the upper part: the pe^-icarpium is a legume very large, very broad, inflated, transpa- rent and membranaceous, tiie upper suture erect, the lower gibbous, one-celled, gaping on the upper suture at the base: seeds several, kidney-shaped. 112 The species cultivated arc: i. C arhorescens, Common Bladder Senna; 2. C.auenta, Oriental Bladder Senna; 3. C. Pococldi, Po- cock's Bladder Senna; 4. C. frutesccns. Scarlet Bladder Senna. The first has several woody stems, which grow to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, sending out many woody branches, Avith winged leaves, composed of four or five pairs of oval lobes, placed opposite, terminated by an odd one; these are indented ^t the top in form of a heart, and are of a grayish colour. The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves upon slender peduncles about two inches long, each sustaining two or three yellow flowers, whose stand- ard is retlexed and large, with a dark-coloured mark on it. Native of the South of France, &c. The second species has a woody stem, which sends out many branches on every side, Avhich do not rise above seven or eight feet high; these are not so strong as those of the first sort, and the leaves are composed of five or six pairs of small heart-shaped leaflets, ter- minated by an odd one. The flowers proceed from the side of the branches, standing upon peduncles, each sustaining two or three flowers, shaped like those of the first sort, but smaller; they are of a dark red colour, marked with jellow, appearing in June, the seeds ripening in autumn. It was found in the Levant. The third is a shrub which seldom grows more than six or seven feet high in this country. The branches are very slender, and much more pliant than those of the common sort, and therefore it grows less erect. The leaves are composed of nine pairs of leaflets, and are much smaller. The flowers are of a brighter yellow, appear a month earher than in the common sort, and there is a succession of them till late in the autumn, which renders it much more valuable; and the branches not shooting so luxuriantly nor so upright, it is in less danger of being broken by strong winds in summer. It is a na- tive of the Levant. The fourth species is a hoary shrub, with tomentose leaflets, smooth on the upper surface. It rises from two to four feet in height in favourable seasons, and in a warm situation; plants of three years standing will sometimes be six feet high. The stem is weak, the 113 side branches orow erect, and the leaves have ten or twelve pairs of leaflets. I1ie tiowers arc sustained on axillary peduncles, three or four together, and are of a line scarlet colour, coming out in June- It is a native of the Cape. Cuiture.~A\l these plants are capable of being increased by sowing the seed in the early spring months, as in February for the three first sorts, and the two following months for the fourth, upon beds of common earth, covering them in to the depth of aboul half an inch. When the plants have attained sufficient growth, as in the following spring for the former sorts, and when they are three or four inches high in the latter, they should be removed, and the first sorts planted out in rows in the nursery, and the last in warm sheltered situations or in pots, to be protected during the winter. This sort may likewise be rendered much forwarder, so as to flower the same year, by having recourse to a hot-bed. The three first species are also capable of being raised by layers from the young shoots, made either in the autumn or spring seasons; but as the fourth sort does not continue long, and is more tender than the others, new plants should be raised from every seed two or three years. They are all beautiful ornamental plants, especially the fourth, and may be introduced into the clumps, borders, and other j)arts of shrubberies and pleasure-grounds, where they produce a fine effect by ihi-ir foliage and flowers. The last sort should, however, have a dry warm soil and sheltered sunny situation. 3. CEANOTHUS AMERICAN US. NEW JERSEY TEA-TREE. Tins genus comprises plants of the tree and shrubby exotic kinds. It belongs to the class and ovdor Paila2idii(i Monogi/nia, and ranks in the iialiiral ovdv v ol' Diimosa'. Q 114 The characters are: ihat the calyx is a one-leafed, turbinate pe- rianthium; border five-parted, acute, close-converging, and perma- nent: the corolla has five equal petals, roundish, of an arched sac- cular shape, compressed, very obtuse, spreading, smaller than the calyx, seated on claws the length of the petal, growing from the in- terstices of the calyx: the stamina consist of five subulate, erect fila- ments, opposite to the petals, the length of the corolla: the anthers are roundish: the pistillum is a superior, triangular germ: the style cylindric, semilrifid, the length of the stamens: the stigma obtuse the pericarpiimi is a berry (capsule), dry, three-grained, three-celled, obtuse, retuse, and set with tubercles: the seeds solitary and ovate. The species commonly cultivated are: 1. C Americamis, Ameri- can Ceanothus, or New Jersey Tea; 2. C. Asiatkus, Asiatic Ceono- thus; 3. C. Afrkanus, African Evergreen Ceanothus. The first in this climate is a shrub, which seldom rises more than three or four feet high, sending out branches on every side from the ground upwards: the branches are very slender, and, as it is pretty late in the spring before they begin to shoot, keep growing very late; consequently, unless the autumn proves dry and mild, the tender shoots are often killed down very low by the early frosts; but in lavourable seasons, the extreme parts of the shoots only are injured by the cold: these branches are garnished with oval-pointed leaves, placed opposite, deciduous, and of a light green colour: the flowers are produced at the extremity of each shoot in close thick spikes, and composed of five small petals, of a clear white colour, making a fine appearance, as the whole shrub is covered over with flowers. These appear in July, and in mild seasons again in October. It is a native of North America, where the leaves are sometimes used as tea. The second species rises with a shrubby branching stem, four feet hio]]. The branches are alternate, flexuose, striated and smooth : the leaves are alternate, resembling those of the pear, acuminate, smooth, at the ends of the small branches, scarcely an inch in length, on petioles half the length of the leaves : the racemes from each axilla usually two, small, the length of the petioles, consisting of 115 many iiorcts, on very short pedicels, caducous, one oi'len ramainini: wliicli bears fruil: hence the raceme is loolhleLlcd IVom the i'aliing of ihe flowers, which are ol" a greenish colour : the berries are large. It is a native of Ceylon, &c. The third species rises to the height of ten or twelve feet, with a woody stem, covered with a rough dark-coloured bark, and sends out many weak branches, Avhich hang downwards: these while young are green, but afterward change to a purplish colour: they are gar- nished with oblong pointed leaves, of a lucid green, smooth, and slightly serrate on their edges : the flowers are small, of an herba- ceous colour, coming out from the side of the branches; sometimes appearing in July, but not succeeded by seeds in this climate, nor do the plants often produce flowers; being chiefly preserved for the beauty of their shining evergreen leaves. It is a nalivc of the Cape, and sometimes known by the title of Alaternoides. Culhire. — This, in the first sort, may be effected either by seeds or layers. In the first mode the seeds should be sown, as soon as procured, in pots of light earth, lightly covered in, placing them in a frame, to have occasional shelter in bad weather; and in spring plunge them in a hot-bed to bring up the plants, hardening them gradually to the full air in summer, but in autumn removing them to have sheller until the following spring, when they should be planted out in separate small pots, or in a nursery-bed in the lull ground, being covered occasionally again in the following Avinter, as they require protection from severe frost the two or three first years of their growth. In the latter method, some of the youngest branches should be laid down in autumn, in the usual way, which become rooted in twelvemonths, and in the spring after should be planted out. Some of the first young shoots may also be laid down during the summer, in order to have the greater chance of success. In tlie second species the propagation may be eft'ected by seeds, which should be sown in pots of light earth, j)lunging them in the bark-bed, and likewise by laying the young shoots down in the au- 116 tumn, plunging the pots as above: the plants afterwards should be managed as other wood}' exotics of the stove. The third sort is raised expeditiously by laying down the young shoots, either in their own pots, or others placed for the purpose, in the autumn. They are also capable of being increased by young cuttings, planted in the spring in pots, plunging them in the bark, or other hot-bed about two months. They afterwards require only the ordinary culture of greenhouse plants. The first is an elegant little flowering shrub, for the more conspi- cuous compartment of the shrubbery, being planted in a moderately dry soil and sheltered situation, in the fronts of the clumps or borders. The second affords variety in the stove; and the third is worthy of a place in the greenhouse collection, for the beauty of its shining green leaves. FlH r.uiiU.I hS\;IK,l-<-u,l., ('niiiy /iri //>>//■' (',■/, v,/iit/ii' hi. ;•/>''• ■'■,!//„/// /'/'I. (:;>n/ru/'i.< PLATE XIV. 1. CAMPANULA RAPUNCULOIDES. NETTI.E-LEAVED CAMPANULA. This genus comprises various plants of the annual, biennial, and perennial herbaceous^flowery kind. The Bell-flower. It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Campanncea. The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianthium, acute, erect-expanding, superior: the corolla is nionopelalous, bell- form, impervious at the base, half-hve-clcft, marcescent: divisions broad, acute, spreading : the nectary in the bottom of the corolla, composed of five valves, acute, converging, covering the receptacle: the stamina consist of five capillary filaments, very short, inserted on the tips of the valves of the nectary: the anthers are longer than the filaments, and compressed: the pistillum is an angular inferior germ: tlie style filiform, longer than the stamens: the stigma three-parted, oblong, thickish: divisions revolute: the pericarpium is a roundish angular capsule, three or five-celled, emitting the seeds at so many lateral openings: the seeds are numerous and small: the receptacle is columnar and adnata. The species mostly cultivated for the purposes of ornament and use are: ]. C. persicifolia. Peach-leaved Bell-flower; 2. C. pyrainidu' lis, Pyramidal or Steeple Bell-flower; 3. C. carpalica, Carpathian or Heart-leaved Bell-flower; 4. C. latifolki. Broad-leaved Camj)anula, or Giant 'J"hroat-wort ; 5. C. trachcliinn, Creat Throat-wort, or Nettle- leaved Campanula; 6. C. grand/Jlurn, Great-flowered JjelJ-flower; 7. C. medium. Small Pyramidal Campanula, or Canterbury Bells; 8. C. speculum, Vcnus's Looking-glass; 9- C. Americana, American 118 Ijcll-flowcr; 10. C. fiiiticosa, Shrubby Cape Bell-flower; 11. C. ra- punculus, Esculent Rampion. There are olher species in this extensive genus deserving of at- tention. '{'he first has the root like that of Navew, and eatable : the stem is very straight, eighteen inches high and more, (in gardens two feet and a half,) unbranched, angular, smooth, as is the whole plant: the flowers are in a thin spike, one or two together, on very long pedun- cles, which have two stipules at the base: the corolla is large, broad bell-form, deep blue ; the segments short, and moderately acumi- nate. It is a perennial plant, native of most parts of the continent of Europe, flowering in June and July. There are varieties with single blue and Avhite flowers, and with double blue and white flowers. The second species, as it appears in the garden, has thick tube- rous roots, which are milky; these send out three or four strong, smooth, upright stalks, Avhich rise near four feet high, and are gar- nished with smooth oblong leaves, whose edges are a little indented: the lower leaves are much broader than those on the stalks: the flowers are produced from the side of the stalks, and are regularly set on for more than half their length, forming a sort of pyramid; these are large, open, and shaped like a bell, and mostly of a light- blue colour. There are varieties with white flowers and with double flowers. The third affords a milky juice when wounded: the root is Avhit- ish and perennial ; the stems herbaceous, annual, weak, hardl}' branching, bearing one or very few flowers. In gardens it becomes branching and many-flowered. The root-leaves are kidne3'^-form5 roundish; the peduncle elongated and smooth; the corolla blue. It flowers the whole summer, and is a native of the Carpathian Alps. According to Mr. Curtis, it is still scarce in gardens, but deserves to be more known and cultivated : its flowers are in proportion to the plant, being large and showy. The fourth species has the stem three feet high and more, angu- 119 lar and smooth, but not branching : the leaves arc sharply serrate, on short petioles, and hirsute: the flowers are axillary, one or two together, on peduncles shorter than the leaf: calyx smooth, with broad triangular segments: corolla very large, blue; the segments triangular, divided by a line: the liuit obliges the peduncle to bend down v/ilh its Aveight. It is a native of the northern parts of the island, flowering in July. There are varieties with single and double purple, and with single and double while flowers; with single and double pale-red flowers; and with striped flowers. The fifth species has a perennial root: the ntems are from two to three feet in height, upright, stitf, hairy, angular, the angles membra- naceous, putting out a few short side- branches: the leaves resem- blino- those of the great nettle, but rather shorter and broader, alter- nate, ovate, cordate, pointed, hairy, deeply toothed, sometimes having two or three lobes ; petioled, except the upper ones, which are sessile: the peduncles are alternate, axillary, trifid, and three- flowered. The number of flowers, however, varies from one or two to three, four, and even five; they are large and nodding. It is a native of most parts of pAu-ope, &c. flowering in July and August. There are varieties, with single and double blue flowers, with sinole and double while flowers, and with single and double pale purple flowers. The sixth species has the whole plant very smooth ; the root pe- rennial, white, fusiform, the thickness of a finger, and branched: the stems are few, erect or ascending, simple, round, a foot high, leafy all over, annual, terminated with one handsome flower, but without scent, nodding a little, with sometimes one or two flowers more from the upper axillas: the leaves arc irregularly scalLered, sessde or on very short petioles, ovate or sublanceolalc, short and sharply serrate: somctiuies a few of the leaves, and at others all of them, arc in threes: the corolla is two inches in diameter or more, very deep blue, with numerous blue veins ; elegantly pear-shaped before ex- panding, and at first green. It flowers in June and beginning of Julv, and is a native of Siberia. 120 The seventh has a biennial root: the leaves are oblong, rough, hairy, serrate, coming out without order from the root, narrowing into a petiole. From the centie of these, the second season, arises a stiff, hairy, furrowed stalk about two feet high, sending out several lateral branches, with long, narrow, hairy, serrate, sessile leaves, placed alternately: from the setting on of these leaves come out the peduncles, those on the lower part of the stem and branches four or five inches long, diminishing gradually in length upwards, and thus forming a sort of pyramid. Tiie flowers are very large, and make a fine appearance; they are smooth, and the segments turn back at the end; they come out the beginning of June, and, if the season be not very hoi, continue a monlli in beauty. It grows naturally ia Germany, &c. There are varieties, with blue, purple, white, striped, and double (lowers. The eighth species is an annual plant, which rises with slender stalks a foot high: the liowers are of a beautiful purple, inclining to« violet colour, (sometimes pale purple or while,) and in the evening fold up into a pentagon figure, whence it is sometimes called Viola pentagonia : the calyx is composed of five narrow leaves, which spread open, turn back, and are much longer than the petals; these remain on the top of the prismatic seed-vessel, which is filled with small angular seeds : the stem is tender, quadrangular, naturally procumbent, branched from the bottom at very great angles: the leaves sessile, obovale, and Avaved about the edge: the flowers axil- lary, erect, on very long peduncles: the corolla wheel-shaped, and so deeply five-cleft that the segments, which are ovate, scarcely cohere. It is a native of the southern countries of Europe, flowering from May to Seplemijer. There are varieties, with bright blue flowers, Avith white flowers, and with pale purple flowers. The ninth species has an annual root ; the stem and germs smooth; the leaves acuminate; the fJowers three or niore from each 121 axil or bractc ; the corollas small; the style longer than the corolla. It is a native of Pennsylvania, flowering in July. There are varieties, with single white, with single blue, and with double blue flowers. ^ , n c The tenth is a shrubby ornamental plant, a native of the Lape ol Good Hope, flowering here in Augusl. In the eleventh species the whole plant is full of a milky juice : the root is biennial, spindle-shaped, sometimes branching: the stem upriuht, anoular, two leet high, hairy towards the l,ase, smooth abo'e: branches alternate, shorl, upright: the leaves toward, ihe base of the stem hairy above or on both sides, blunt ; the upi.er ones smooth, and becoming gradually more pointed; obscurely notched : teeth olandular, whitish, not projecting beyond the edge ot the leal : there is an'awl-shaped braete at the base of each peduncle: the seg- ments of the calyx are awl-shaped, or setaceous, twice as lon^ as the germ, with a small tooUi on each side of the base: the flowers arc upric^lU : the corolla blucish purple, sometimes very pale purple or whitish; each segment marked with three lines: the necUuy fringed. It grows wild in France, kc, flowering in June, July, and " The fleshy roots are eatable, and are much cultivated in France for salads. , , Culture -The plants in this extensive genus arc mostly hard}, and increased with little difficulty. The six tirst sorts, and their varieties, are all capal>le of being raised by dividing the roots in ll.e autumn or early spring, and planting them out on the beds, borders, or other parts. The former is, however, the better season ior the purpose, as the roots become better established before they begin to shoot up n,to stem. They thrive in almost any soil or situation As the plants of the steeple bell-flower, trained for adorning halls and chimneys, are scldomprop.r for the purpose the followmg season after being planted oul, a supply of young plants should be annually raised And though tins .s mostly done by otlsets. as being the quickest mode, tin- pl, ceous slalks, about two feet long, not twining, but bending towards the ground, upon which many of the lower branches lie [)rostrate. The leaves are likewise sessile. The peduncles come out just above the leaves at the same joint, and on th(^ same side; ihey are about two inches long, each sustaining one large open bell-shaped flower? of a fine blue colour, wilh a white bollom, varying to j)ure white, and sometimes beautifully variegated with both colours. 'J'he Avhite flowers are succeeded by while seeds; but in the blue ones ihey are ■/;■,/ (7f,/r ( f/i'l/ 1 CN /// ii ii/n /// /////<\ ('///////)/ //(/n in ////cf, '/f'Nf' ~ ^ 1 1/ / 1/ //I //I/I ( /i>r//.r ' Ji/ltr f /i/ii /ur //< //i' ■■// 129 where they arc broadest, diminishing gradually lo a sharp point; they have small serratures on their edges, which scarcely appear. The flowers grow in a close spike at the end of" the stalks; are white, and almost like those of the Foxglove. It is a native of North America. According to some, it varies with white flowers, with rose-colouved flowers, with red flowers, and with purple flowers. In the second species, the roots do not creep so far as those of the first : the stalks are stronger, the leaves much broader, and obli(}ue; they are deeply sawed on their edges, and stand upon short foot-stalks; the corolla is of a bright purple colour, and consequently makes a finer appearance than the above sort. It is a native of Vir- ginia. The third species resembles the first; but the stalks and leaves are very hairy, and the flower is of a purer white. It is a native of New England. Some assert this to vary with white flowers, with blue flowers, with red flowers, and with purple flowers. The fourth has a cylindric, pubescent, upright stem, a foot and half high, putting out several side branches: the leaves are oblong- lanceolate, ending in a point: the flowers in short loose spikes from the divisions of the stalks, and of a purple colour. It is a native of North America. They all flower in the autumn, from Se[)tend)er to November. Culture. — The mode of proj)agalion in the three first species is by the roots, Avhich multiply easily, being parted in autumn, or early in spring, and planted where they are to remain: but the fourth sort must be raised annually from seed, by sowing it in autunm as soon as perfectly ripened. . The plants rise the following spring, and may be planted out in the borders during the summer months, 'i'hey are hardy plants, and succeed in most soils and situations. All these plants have a very ornamental effect for some time in autunm, after the principal bloom of most others is over; and, from being of ditierent colours, produce much variety when [)!anled in tlie borders of pleasure-grounds. s 130 2. COLCHICUM AUTUMN ALE. AUTUMNAL CROCUS. This genus comprehends plants of the perennial flowering l?ul- bous-rooted kind. It belongs to the class and order Ilexandria Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of Spathacea. The characters are: that there is no calyx (except scattered spathes): the corolla six-parted: tube angulated, rooted; divisions of the border lance-ovate, concave, erect: the stamina consist of six subulate filaments, shorter than the corolla: anthers oblong, four- valved, incumbent: the pislillum is a buried germ within the root: styles three, thread-form, length of the stamens: stigmas reflex, chan- nelled: the pericarpium is a three-lobed capsule connected inter- nally by a suture, obtuse, three-celled, sutures gaping inwardly: the seeds many, nearly globular, and wrinkled. The species cultivated are: 1. C. autiimnale. Common Meadow Saftron; 3. C. montamim. Mountain Meadow Saffron; 3. C variega- tum, Variegated Meadow Saffron. The first has a bulbous root, about the size and shape of the tulip, but not so sharp-pointed at the top ; the skin or cover is also of a darker colour: these bulbs are renewed every year; for those which produce the flowers decay, and new roots are formed above: the flowers come out in autumn; these arise with long slender tubes from the rool, about four inches high, shaped like those of the saffron, but larger: the number of flowers is generally in proportion to the size of the roots, from two to seven or eight: in March the green leaves appear, these are commonly four to a full-grown root; they are folded over each other below, but spread open above ground, standing cross-ways: they are of a deep green, and when fully grown are five 131 or six inches long, and one and a hall' broad. The seed-vessel conies out from between the leaves in April, and the seeds ripen in IVIay, after which the leaves soon decay. It is a native of most parts of Europe. There are varieties, with white flowers: with striped flowers; with broad leaves; with striped leaves; with many flowers; with double purpliJi flowers; with double white flowers; with many white flowers. The double sorts arc chiefly cultivated in the garden. The second species has a smaller root, with a darker coat: the leaves come up soon after the flowers decay, and continue green all winter; long, narrow, and spread on the ground, decaying in June: the flowers are of a reddish purple colour, and appear from August to September. It is a native of Spain, &c. In the third the leaves are smaller than those of the common sort, for the most part three in number, and of a paler and fresher green colour, lying close upon the ground, broad at the bottom, a little pointed at the end, waved about the edges: the root is not so large as that of the common sort: the flowers are smaller, but very beau- tiful, whitish, with deep blue or purple spots. It is rather tendei', and blows about October or November. It is a native of the Greek islands. Culture. —These plants are increased by dividing the bunches of their roots at the time their leaves decay, in the latter part of the sum- mer; as from the latter end of June till the middle of the followina month, planting the separated bulbs or off-sets to the depth of about three inches. They are sometimes planted in beds, in rows at eight or ten inches asunder; but they may be dispersed in the fronts of borders and clumps with success. It is of advantage to take up and divide the bunches ol" root- bulbs every two or three years. New varieties may be raised from seed sown in boxes, or large pots, in autumn, covering it a quarter of an inch deep, and placing them in a warm situation till spring, wlien the plants will appear, which should have only the morning sun during sunmier, giving wa- 132 ter in dry weather; and in the second summer, when their leaves decay, planting them out to flower, either in beds, or other me- thods. They are of a hardy nature, and produce a fine effect, by their curious growth, as well as flowers, in the autumn and winter seasons. 3. CATANANCHE C^RULEA. BLUE CATANANCHE. ... 1 This genus contains a plant of the herbaceous perennial flowery kind. Candia Lion's-foot. It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Folygania Mqualis, and ranks in the natural order of Composite. The characters are : that the calyx is common imbricate, turbi- nate; leaflets very many, loosely incumbent, acute, scariose; the squamule ovate-acuminate, concave, lax, glossy and permanent: the corolla is compound, generally imbricate, uniform; corollets her- maphrodite, very many; the exterior ones longer. Proper monopetalous, ligulatc, linear, truncate, five-toothed : the stamina consist of five capillary filaments, very short: the anthers are cylindric, and tubular: the pistillum is an oblong germ: the style filiform, length of the stamens: the stigma bifid and reflex: there is no pericarpium: the calyx unchanged: the seeds solitary, turbinate- ovate: down from a five-awned calycle: the receptacle is chafiy. The species chiefly cultivated is C. ccemlea. It is perennial, sending out many long, narrow, hairy leaves, which are jagged on their edges. Between the leaves the flower- stalks come out, which are in number proportioned to the size of the plant; as from an old thriving root there are frequently eight or ten, and young plants seldom send out more than two or three. These stalks rise near two feet high, dividing into many small branches upward^ 133 with leaves like those below, but smaller, and have few or no jags on their edges; each of the peduncles is terminated with single heads of flowers, of a blue colour, having a dry, silvery, scaly calyx. It is a native of the south of Europe, flowering from July to October. There is a variety with double flowers. Culture. — It is increased by sowing the seeds in the early spring, on the borders where the earth is light : the plants when sufficiently strong may, some of them, be removed into pots; l)ut they flower best when left where sown. The double sort is best increased by slipping the roots and planting them out either in the early autumn or spring seasons; but in this Avay the roots should not be divided into too small parts, as that prevents their sending up a sufllicient number of stalks for flowering. These are very ornamental plants for the borders or clumps, where sufficiently dry, warm, and protected, as they continue several years. Some plants may likewise be preserved in pots, to set out in assemblage with other potted plants. PLATE XVI. 1. CONVALLARIA MAJALIS, LILY OF THE VALLEY. This genus contains plants of the hardy herbaceous perennial flowery kind. Lily of the Valley, and Solomon's Seal. It belongs to the class and order Hexandxia Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Sarmentacece. The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla is mono- pelalous, bell-shaped, smooth : border six-cleft, obtuse, open re- flected : the stamina consist of six subulate filaments, inserted into the petal, shorter than the corolla : anthers oblong erect: the pistil- luni is a globose germ : style filiform, longer than the stamens: stig- ma obtuse, three-cornered: the pericarpium is a globose berry, three- celled, before maturity spotted: the seeds are solitary or in pairs, and roundish. The species cultivated are: 1. C. maialis. Sweet-scented Lily of the Valley ; 2. C. polygonatum. Single-flowered Solomon's Seal ; 3. C. j?iultiJiora, Many- flowered Solomon's Seal ; 4. C. verticillata, Nar- row-leaved Solomon's Seal ; 5. C. racemosa. Cluster-flowered Solo- mon's Seal. The first has a perennial root, with numerous round fibres trans- versely wrinkled, creeping horizontally just below the surface to a considerable distance. The whole plant is smooth. Four or five aUernate, oblong, blunt, slightly nerved, purplish scales surround and bind together the base of the leaves and stalk. There are two leaves, petioled, elliptic or lanceolate, pointed at each end, from four to five inches long, and near an inch and half broad in the middle, quile entire, upright, smooth, nerved, one usually larger, of a Ilj6. C(>/iralaria //nijir/ij J.i'HiJoi Tiilili/}u'v F. ,^'nnlrvi ( r I I II On iiirijcr liri'ii/ //ii'i\ »'t>rf 135 bright green colour; petioles clasping, round, llic outer dotted with red, and tubular, to receive the iuner, which is solid. Scape late- ral, the length of the leaves, upright, smooth, semi-cylindrical. The flowers from six lo eight, in a racen)e, nodding, while, and fragrant- It is a native of Europe; flowering in May. Hence it is termed May, and sometimes Conval Lily. There arc varieties with narrower leaves, with broader leaves, with double variegated flowers; with double reddish or red flowers; widi double while flowers. The second species has a twisted root, full of knot: on a transverse section of it characters appear that give it the resemblance of a seal, whence the name of Solomon's Seal. The stem is fiom a span to near a foot in height, of a harder texture than the third species: the leaves are simple, inclined, angular, twisted, sometimes three-edged four inches long and one broad, oval-lanceolate, half embracing the stem, glaucous underneath, frequently bending down on one side- The flowers sweet-scented, generally solitary, but sometimes two, on long axillary peduncles, much larger than in the third sort. The berries are black. It is a native of the North of Europe. It varies with double flowers, &c. The third has a round stem, from eighteen inches to two or three feet high, erect and unbranched : leaves usually bent upwards, and to one side, underneath glacous, five inches long and two broad; ihe lower ones oval, the upper oval-lanceolate, half embracing the stem. Tiie flowers are several together (iVom two or three to seven or eight), axillary, on branched compressed j>eduncles. The berries round, of a blackish blue colour, purple and red. This is a larger plant than the second sort. It is a native of the Norlh of Europe. There are varieties with double flowers. The iburlhsort has a perennial root, toothed: the stem is simple, angular, striated, erect, eighteen inches high. The leaves narrower than the other sorts, lanceolate, entire, smooth, three or four in a v/horl, three or four inches long, and IVom half an inch lo an inch in breadth, bright green, and glaucous beneath. The peduncles arc 136" axillary, solitary, branched, pendulous, and from two to six-flow^ cred. The flowers of a greenish wliite colour. The berries violet or deep red. It flowers in June; and is a nalivc of the North of Eu- rope, &c. The fifth species has the stems two feet high, unbranched, with many oblong leaves embracing ihem at the base, resembling the leaves of Plantain. The flowers are small and white, and are pro- duced in single spikes at the top, and are succeeded by small red berries, about the same size as in llie first sort. It flowers the begin- ning of June, and is a native of Virginia, cScc. Culture. — In all these sorts of plants their culture may be eftected by parting then- roots, either in the autumn or spring months, but the former is the better season, planting them out where they are to remain. They afterwards only require to be kept free from weeds and removed every three or four years, according as their roots may be increased. - As they succeed best in rather shady situations, they are well suited for affording variety and ornament in shady places, such as the borders or the sides of walks in woods and wilderness parts of pleasure-grounds, producing considerable variety by the singularity of their growth and the beauty of their foliage and flowers. They also grow well in many other situations that are more open. 2. CERINTHE MAJOR. GREAT HONEY-WORT. This genus furnishes plants of the hardy, ornamental, flower- ing, annual kind. The Honey wort. It belongs to the class and order Fentandria Monogijnia, and ranks in the natural order of AsperifoUa. The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianthium ; divisions oblong, equal, permanent: the corolla is monopetalous ahd 13? bcll-rorm: tube sborl, lliick: border tubc-bcllicd, ratlicr thicker than the tube: intnilh iive-clefl ; throat naked, pi rvious : the stamina consist of five, subulate fiJaujents, very sliort: anthers acute, erect: the pistilhun is a four-parted germ: slyk> fihform, length of the sta- mens: slignia obtuse: there is no pericarpium: calyx unchanged the seeds two, bony, glossy, sub-ovate, outwardly gibbous, and bilo- cular. The s»])ccies cuUivatcd is C. ukijov, (J real Honey wort. It rises with stems eighteen inches high and more, round, sriioolh, l)ranching, and leafy: the leaves are glaucous, becoming blue by age, smooth, Avithout prickles, but ciliated about the edge, and dotted with white: the branches are leafy and nodding; with flowers among the leaves, hanging on long peduncles: the tube of ihv. corolla is yel- low, but the border purple. It is a native of Ital}-, flowering in June and the two following months. There are varieties with smooth leaves and purple flowers, and with prickly leaves and yellow flowers. Culture. — The plants are raised by sowing the seeds annually in the autumn or early spring montlis in patches in the borders, clumps, or other parts. The autunin sowings should be made as early as possible. They also rise from the self-sown seeds, 'i'hey should be managed as other hardy annunls. These arc plants j)roper for be- ing planted out about the apiary, or in the small beds or borders. PLATE XVII. L CHELIDONIUM GLAUCUM. YELLOW-HORNED POPPY. This genus furnishes a plant of the liardy herbaceous flower}'- kind. It belongs to the class and order Poli/andria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Bhocadae. The characters are: that the calyx is a two-leaved roundish pe- rianthium: leaflets subovate, concave, obtuse, caducous: the corolla has four roundish flat petals, spreading, large, narrower at the base: the slamina consist of very many filaments (thirty), flat, broader at top, shorter than the corolla: the anlhers are oblong, compressed, obtuse, (?rect, and twin: the pislillum is a cylindric germ, the length of the stamens: there is no style: the sligma headed and bifid: the pericarpium is a cylindric silique, sub-bivalve: the seeds very many, ovale, increased, and shining: the receplacle linear, between the valves of a kind of circumambient suture, not gaping. The species Avortliy of cultivation as an ornamental plant is C. glaucum, Sea Celandine, or Yellow-horned Poppy. It has a strong stem : the root-leaves are pinnatifid, Avaved, va- riously lobcd, and indented ; pinnas gradually larger upwards<; hairy on both sides: stem-leaves embracing, deepi}' indented, rough above, smooth beneath: the branches are dichotomous: the flowers are of a scarlet colour, and succeeded by long horn-shaped pods. The root, according to some, is annual, but others assert it to be pe- rennial. Culture. — These plants are raised from seed, which should be sown either in the autumn or spring v,here the plants are to remain; ru2_ ('/ii /i i/i'/n It /ii (i/(//i( //I /// L.n,l.'n i'„l,lillu,l Srp I^MIV, /., (rKrur.,/^yFU-l I'ljy^t ( l.l//'.l /tl,/,/ // //i / ll~\ (i n III f /.i///.i 139 or they may be raised ia a sccd-bcd, and bo afterwards planted ou where they arc to flower. Some seed should be sown aimually, as the plants seldom conthiiic longer than two years. Jt is hardy, and succeeds in ahnost any soil or situation. The plants atlbrd ornament and variety in tin; borders both from their flowery nature and the peculiiirity of their long-horned pods. 2. CiSTUS LADAMFERUS. GUM CISTUS. Tins genus allbrds plants of the shrubby evergreen kind. Rock Hose. It belongs to the class and ovder Poli/andiia Monogij)ii(t, and ranks in the natural order of Rotuceoe. The characters are: that the calyx is a five-leaved permanent perianthium: leaflets roundish, concave; of whicli two alternate ones are lower and smaller: the corolla has five petals, roundish, flat, spreading, very large : the stamina consist of numerous capillary fila- ments, shorter than the corolla: anthers roundish, small: the pistil- lum is a roundish germ: style simple, the length of the stamens: stigma flat, orbiculate: the pericar])iuni is a roundish capsule, co- vered with the calyx: the seeds numerous, roundish, and small. The species are: 1. C. popuUfoCiKs, Poplar-leaved Cistus, or Rock Rose; 2. C. laurifo/his. Bay-leaved Gum Cistus; 3. C. ladaniferus, Spanish Gum Cistus; 4. C. incanus. Hoary Rock Rose, or Rose Cis- tus; 5. C.halinnJ'oUus, Sea Purslain-leaved Cistus; 6". C. Mouspc- liensis, Montpelier Gum Cistus; 7. C. creticus, Cretan Ladaniferous Cistus; 8. C. albidm. White-leaved Cistus; 9. C. crispus, Curled leaved Cistus: 10. C. s«/t;i/b/i«,s, Sage-leaved Cistus. In this numerous genus there arc other species that may equally deserve cultivation. 140 The first has a slIfF, slender, woody stern, six or seven feet liigh, sending out many branches the whole length: these and the leaves are hairy; the calyxes also very hairy: but the brandies and leaves, when rurther advanced, become naked: the leaves are large, of a light green colour, sessile, with many nerves: the flowers are pro- duced at the ends of the branches, on naked peduncles: the corolla is while, and soon drops off; and the petals, according to Linna.n!s, are tinged with jnupie on their edges; the stamens yellow; and the calyxes, before they unfold, three-cornered in their appearance. It is a native of Portugal, flowering in June and July. The second species rises with a strong woody stem, to the height of five or six feet, sending out many erect hairy branches : the leaves are lanceolate, acute, thick, dark green above, and white beneath, very glutinous in warm weather; but, according to Linnaeus, Avrink- led, green on both sides, and scarce visibly hairy; the petioles be- coming purple at the base: the flowers are produced at the ends of the branches upon long naked peduncles, branching on their sides into smaller ones, each sustaining one large white flower with a hairy calyx. It flowers in June and July, and is a native of S|)ain. The third grows to the height of live or six feet, Avith a strong woody stem, sending out many hairy branches: the leaves are smooth on their upper side, but veined on their under, on short foot-stalks which join at their base, where they form a sort of sheath to the branch: the corolla is white, the size of the oflicinal Poppy: the germ has ten swellings: stigma sessile, without any style. It is a native of S{)ain, &c. It flowers from June till August. Mr. Curtis objeels to the propriety of the name ladaiiij'erus, as it is not the [)!ant from which hulanum is produced, though in a warmer climate it affords a gun) of a similar kind. Tlsere are varieties with large white floweis, and a purple spot in the middle of the petal, and with entire white flowers. The f(;i vlh species has a shrubby stem, branching to a large bushy head, iliice or four feet high : the branches villose; the leaves are not at all nerved, ending in a point, a little flexuose in the disk, ending at the base in ooalescent sheathing petioles, or rather obovate- 141 spatulale; the lower more connale, and in a manner sliealhing: the calyxes liairy, wilh subcordate leafiels: the petals purple, emarginate or ohcordale, quite entire and concave. It is a native of Spain. The fillh s[)ecies is an upright shrub, three or lour feet high: the branches arc round, ash-coloured, angular at top, the younger ones doited with yellow: the leaves are petioled, opposite, lanceolate, very whil(>, scarcely soft, without veins, obtuse, tlat, about an inch in length: the peduncle terminating, compound, white; supjiorting three or four bright yellow flowers, which aj)pear in June and July. It is a native of Portugal. There are varieties with numerous leaves and sulphur-coloured fiov/ers, and with yellow flowers v/ith purple spots in their bases. The sixth rises with a s'ender stem, from three to four feet high, sending out many hairy branches from the bottom upwards: th(; leaves are very dark green, in warm weather covered with a glutinous sweet-scented substance: the peduncles, which come out at the ends of the branches, are long, naked, and sustain many while flowers, rising above each other; their calyxes are bordered, and end in sharp points. It flowers from June to August, and is a native of Nar- bonne. - • Tliere is a variety wilh olive-shaped leaves and sulphur-coloured flowers. , The seventh species is branching, diffused, a. foot and half high and more: the stem and branches round-, and scjmewhat villose: the leaves from broad slem-clasping, petioled, first s|)atulate, then ovate or lanceolate, somewhat acute, wii.ikled, sometimes waved, roughish, thiekish, (pule entire, viscid, closely set on both sides and round the edge with white hairs of dilTerent lengths, some simjile, others branched or headed, scarcely visible to the naked eye: [)eduncles one-flowered, terminating the last leafy twigs, creel and villose: the flowers of a rose-i)urple colour: these ap[)ear in June and July, and the seeds ripen in Sci)tember. It is a native of the Levant. This is the species from which the drug called ladanum is pro- cured. The eighth has a shrubby stem, branching from bottom five or 142 six feet in height: mucli resemiyung the fourth, but differing in the branches being tomentose, not haiiy: the leaves paler, soft, horizon- tal, sessile, by no means either petiolcd or sheatiiing, broad-lanceo- late, mostly three-nerved : the tiov/ers long from the branches, of a bright purple colour: it is a native of Narbonne, &c. In the ninth, the branches are weak, slender, woody, spreading horiicontally: it is seldom more than tv.'o or three feet in height: the peduncles and calyxes are covered with a thin v/ool: the flowers are of a purple or while colovu', appearing in June and the following month. It is a native of Portugal. The tenth lias a slender, smooth stem, covered with a brown bark, never rising more than thiee feet high, and sending out many weak branches, spreading horizontally. The leaves are obtuse, without veins, not so soft as in many other species: the peduncles lateral, solitary, one-flowered, longer than the leaves: the corolla is white, and somewhat smaller than that of, the other rock-roses. It flowers from June to August, and is a native of Italy, &c. Culture. — All these sorts are capable of being either raised by . seeds or cuttings in common earth, or on hot-beds; but the seed method produces the best plants. The seeds should be sown in the . early spring, in a warm border near half an inch deep, and the plants will come up in six weeks; or, to render them more forward, in pots, and plunged in a moderate hot-bed. AVhen the plants are of some growth, they should have the full air in mild weather, and frequent waterings, as well as occasional shade from the sun, while young; and Avhen an inch or two high, some may be planted out separately in small pots, others in rich borders, occasional shade and water be- ing given during summer. In autumn the potted plants should be removed to a frame, to have shelter from frost. Those in the full ground should also be shielded in frosty weather Avith mats. In spring, those remaining in the seed-bed should be planted out, and those in pots shifted into larger ones; to be continued another win- ter, and in the spring following be planted where they are to remain. In the latter method, cuttings, live or six inches long, should be planted in beds of rich earth, occasional shade and water being 143 given. When ■well rooled, they should be removed into separate pols: but by being planted in j)ots in spring, and pkinged in a hot- bed, they arc rendered nuicli forwarder. In other respects they re- (piire the same management as the seedlings. 'J'hese arc beautiful evergreen shrubs, effecting a fine variety at all seasons, both from their leaves being of difl'erent figures, sizes, and shades of green antl white, and their being vei'y profuse in most ele- gant flowers, which though of short duration, there is u daily suc- cession of new ones for a month or six weeks on the same plant; and when these different species are employed, they exhibit a constant bloom for near three months. They are mostly hardy enough lo prosper in the open ground in any dry soil; and if they have a sheltered situation it will be an ad- vantage, as in open exposures they are rather subject to injury from very severe frost; for which reason a plant or two of each sort should be potted, to have shelter in winter in the green-house. The second and fifth are the most tender sorts. In shrubbery borders and clumps they should be placed towards the fronts, in assemblage with other choice shrubs of similar growth. All the sorts should be suffered to assume their own natural growth; the straggling branches being only cut in with a knife. PLATE XVIII. 1. CRASSULA COCCINEA. SCARLET-FLOWERED CRASSULA. This genus contains plants of llie succulent kind for the green- house and stove. Lesser Orpine, or Live-Ever. It belongs to the class and order Pcntandria Fentogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Succii/cntcv. The characters are: that the calyx, is a one-leafed perianth, five- cleft; divisions lanceolate, channelled-concave, erect, acute, converg- ing into a tube, permanent: the corolla has five petals, claws long, linear, straight, converging, connected at the base with the ovate bractcs at the border, reflex-expanding: nectaries five; each with a very small emarginate scale, annexed outwardly to the base of the germ: the stamina consist of five subulate filaments, length of the tube, inserted in the claws of the corolla: anthers simple: the pis- tillum has five germs, oblong, acuminate, ending in subulate styles the length of the stamens: stigmas obtuse: the pciicarpium consists of five capsules, oblong, acuminate, straight, compressed, gaping in- wards lengthwise: the seeds many and small. The species are: 1. C. cocchiea. Scarlet-flowered Crassnia ; 2. C. peifoliata, Perfoliate Shrubby Crassula; 3. C. cultrata. Sharp-leaved Crassula; 4. C. punctata, Dotled-leaved C rassula; 5. C. midicaidis. Naked-stalked Crassula ; 6". C. orbicularis. Starry Crassula. There are several other species that may be cultivated. The first has a reddish jointed stem, about three feet high, divid- ing at top into many irregular branches: the leaves so closely oppo- site, as to appear to be in four rows: the flowers at the ends of the II. ks P.itri/rJ /-y J\./ /■':>. 'U,- UnJc,: fiM/h^J ./iw^ I lAV hy i-Kons/.y Fl.rl .i'lr^f! F.Hfnn.-.f h ESmJ.v,, Ci-.i/S-uJa rcxrniM ,, f'.vf/.r/M Luhiirrnim '^ i* >'''/■''•' I - f.,-lii(rnti III fft'.irfi/ ///»)■/•// I rii/.i/Jii 145 branches in close umbels, of a fine scarlet colour. It flowers in July and the following month. The second species rises with an upright stem ten or twelve feet high, if it be not broken or injured, but requires support; the stems being slender, and the leaves very weighty: the latter are about three inches long, thick, succulent, pale green, acute, hollowed above, and having a convex ridge beneath: the flowers terminating in large clus- ters, of a whitish herbaceous colour, with short tubes, and the brim cut into five parts. The flower-stalk is lliick and succulent, gxmc- rally turning first downwards, then upwards again, somewhat in the form of a syphon. It flowers in July, but does not produce seeds in this climate. The third has a weak succulent stalk, about two feet high, send- ing out many irregular branches: the leaves thick, plain above, con- vex beneath, deep green, the borders set with a few silvery hairs: the stalk which supports the flowers rises from the top of the branches, and is from four to six inches long, putting out several side branches, which grow erect; these are terminated by large clusters of small greenish flowers, whicli ajjpear in June and the ibllowing month, i)ut the flower never fully expands. In the fourth species, the stems are very slender, full of joints, and trailing: the leaves thick, succulent, heart-shaped, connate, grayish, in a double row, hollow dotted: the stems arc divided, grow about eight or nine inches long, and are terminated by clustcis of small while flowers, sitting very close to the top: these appear in spring, and again in the latter part of sunnner. The fifth never rises with a stalk, but the leaves come out close to the ground, forming a sort of head; they are smooth, somewhat hairy, set with excavated dots, succulent, taper, ending in [)oinls, and frequently put out roots. Out of the cenlre of these arises the flouer-slalk, branching iiUo two or three shoots at lop, each tciiiii- nated by clusters of greenish flowers, which do not open. Il llowers in May, and sometimes again towards the latter part of summer. The sixth species is a low perennial plant, having open spreading heads, very like those of some sorts of Ilouseleek, growing on ihc 146 ends of very slender trailing slalks, produced in plenty on every side the parent plant, as on the Cliilding Marigold. The flower-stalks arise from the centre of these heads; are naked, about four inches long, and lern)inated by close clusters of herbaceous flowers: the leaves arc radical, forming roses, ovate, flesh}^ gibbous, even, sharp- ish, ciiiate backwards, with cartilaginous, very slender hairs: the roo^ puts forth lateral threads, which are filiform and decuml)ent, forming runners at the end. It flowers sometimes in INfay, but usually in July and August. Cnlture. — The fust tiiree sorts may be easily increased, by plant- ing the cuttings of the stems and branches in the later spring and summer months, after having been exposed in a dvy situation for a few days, to heal over the cut parts, in pots filled with sandy earth, plunging them in the bark-bed of the stove, or in a frame shaded from the sun. When well rooted, they should l)e removed into sepa- rate pots, and replaced in the same situations till fidly established, when they may be removed into the greenhouse, where they should have a sunny situation in winter, and but little water. The other species may be increased by planting the off-sets from the roots in the same manner as above. As these are plants of a succulent nature, both in their stems, branches, and leaves, as well as of curious growth, they aftbrd variety among collections of other plants of similar kinds. They are capable of bearing the open air in summer, in dry warm situations. 2. CYTISUS LABURNUM. I.ABURNUM. This genus contains plants of the hardy evergreen and deciduous flowering shrubby kinds. It ijclongs to the class and order Diaiklpltia Dccandria, and ranks in the natural order of Fapi/iouacea. 117 The cliaracters are: that the calyx is a one-Icafcd pcrianthium, bell-fonn, short, obtuse at the base: moulh twu-Iippeil; upper-lip two-cleft, acuminate; lower three-toolhed : the corolla is papiliona- ceous: standard ovaU', rising upwards, sides reflex: wings the length of the standard, straight, obtuse: the keel somewhat bellied, acumi- nate: the stamina consist of diadelphous fdaments, (single and nine- clefl) rising upwards: anthers simjile: the pistillum is an oblong germ: style simi)le, rising upwards: stigma ()t)tuse: the pericarpiuni is an oblong legume, obtuse, attenuated at the base, stiff": the seeds few, kidney-form, compressed. The species are: I. C. Lahiiniiim, Laburnum; 2. C. sessi/ifoiiurn^ Common Cytisus; 3. C.hirsuins, Hairy or Evergreen Cytisus. The first has a large u[)right tree-stem, branching into a full- spreading head, from ten to twenty feet high, hav ing smooth greenish branches, trifoliate, oblong-oval entire leaves, on long slender foot- stalks; and from the sides of all the branches numerous yellow flowers collected in long spikes, hanging loosely downward; appearing in May. It is a native of Switzerland. The varieties are: theCommon broad-Icavcd ; the Narrow-leaved ; Long-spiked, having very long pendulous spikes of flowers ; the Short-spiked, having short, roundish, thick spikes of flowers; and the Variegated-leaved Laburnum. The second species rises with a woody stalk, putting out many branches, covered with a brownish bark: the leaflets are obovate, ternale, on very short petioles: the flowers in close short terminating racemes, of a bright yellow colour: it rises lo th(! height of seven or eight feet, and becomes very bushy. Jt is a native of the South of Europe. The third has a soft shrubby stalk, dividing into many branches, which grow erect, and frequently rise to the height of eight or ten feet: the stalks, branches, and leaves are very hairy; the leaves are ternate, ovate, and placed closely on the branches : the flowers come out from the side of the stalk in short racemes, and are of a pale yellow, appearing in June. It is a native of the South of Europe. 148 Culture. — ^These plants are all capable of being increased by seeds, and many of them by cuttings and htyers. In the lirsl mode the seed should be sown, either on beds or where the plants are to remain, in tlie spring, as about March, being in the first mode, when of sufficient growth, transplanted into nursery rows, to remain till of a proper size for being planted in the situations where they are to grow. When sown where they are to remain, they only require to be kept perfectly free from weeds, and trimmed to one good plant in a place, giving the tender sorts the protection of mats during the severity of the winter season. The trees of most of the sorts alTord seeds in abundance in the autumn. The cuttings should be made from the young shoots ten or twelve inches in length, and planted out in a rather moist, shaded situation, either in the early autumn or spring months, in rows twelve or eigh- teen inches apart, and eight or ten in the rows. 'J'hey mostly become well rooted in the course of twelve months; and should then be kept perfectly clear of weeds. Layers may be laid down either in the summer, autumn, or spring- seasons; and when the plants are well rooted they should be taken off and planted out in nursery-rows, as described above. Jn the nursery they only require to be preserved from the injury of weeds, and to have the land dug well between the rows annually in the autumn, till they are removed; being suffered to take their natural growth in a great measure. Most of the sorts are hardy, and succeed well in almost any soil or situation. The third sort should have a dry soil and sheliered situation, as it is liable to be injured by frost. It may also be planted in pots, and placed in the green-house during the winter. 'J'hey are all very ornamental plants for the borders, clumps, and other parts of ornamented grounds, affording much variety by their numerous beautiful bunches of flov/ers. The large sorts should be placed towards the back parts, and those of less growth towards the fronts and more conspicuous parts. Flig J£?iaravcJ hyTSa'iic' PLATE XIX. i. CYCLAMEN PERSICUM. PERSIAN CYCLAMEN. This genus contains plants of the low, herbaceous, flowery, pe- rennial tuberous-rooted kind. Snow-Bread. It belongs to the class and order Pentandvia Monogijnia, and ranks in the natural order of Precia. The characters are: that the calyx is a half-five-cleft perianthiuni, roundish, permanent: divisions ovale: the corolla one-petalled : tube somewhat globose, twice as large as the calyx, small, nodding: bor- der bent upwards, five-parted, very large: divisions lanceolate: neck prominent: the stamina consist of five very small filaments in the tube of the corolla: anthers straight, sharp, in the neck of the co- rolla, converging: the pislillum is a roundish germ: style filiform, straight, longer than the stamens: stigma sharp: the pericarpium is a globose berry, one-celled, gaping five ways at the top, covered wiih a capsular shell : the seeds very many, somewhat ovale, cornered: the receptacle ovate and free. The species cultivated are: 1. C. Europitum, Common Cycla- men ; 2. C. Coion, Hound-leaved Cyclamen ; 3. C. Persicum^ Persian Cyclamen; 4. C Iicderafo/iuin, Ivy-leaved Cyclamen. The first has a tuberous root, oblately spheroidal, white within, brown without; frou) which j)roceeJs, within the ground, a \ery short stem, and from that the leaves ai;d one-flowered peduncles or scapes: the leaves are kidney-form, roundish, very blunt, slightly crenulate, deep green, and spoiled above; beneath conunonly red purple, smooth, on very long round red petioles: the flowers droop- ing, sweet-scented, and purple. It is a n:ilive of Austria. 150 The second species has a round, solid, tuberous root, and low naked slem, furnished with phiin orbicular leaves, and short weak pelioles; the under side of the leaves very red in the beginning of winter, but that colour goes otT in the spring; the upper side smooth, of a lucid green, spreading flat open : the flowers are very bright purple, appearing in the middle of winter. It is a native of the South of Europe. There are varieties with purplish flowers, and with flesh-coloured flowers. In the third, the leaves are stiff, on strong fleshy petioles, near six inches long, of a purple colour, as are also the veins of the leaves underneath; but the upper side is veined and marbled with white: the corolla is pure white, with a bright purple bottom. It flowers in March and April, and the seeds ripen in August. There are varieties with entire white sweet-scented flowers, and with veined and marbled leaves, with pale purple flowers, and bright red or purpled bottoms. The fourth has a large, orbicular, compressed root: the leaves are numerous on pelioles six or seven inches long, marked with black in the middle: the flowers appear before them on long fleshy scapes about August; soon after which the leaves come out, continue grow- ing all the winter and spring till May, when they begin to decay. After the flowers arc fifllen, the peduncles Iwist up like a screw, in- closing the germ in the centre, and lie close to the ground among the leaves, which serve as a protection to the seed, which ripens in June. It is a native of Italy. There are varieties with white and with purplish flowers. Culture. — These plants are all capable of being increased by sowing the seeds in large wide pots, tubs, or boxes, tilled wilh good light mould, mixed witli a little sand, in the latter end of summer or beginning of autumn, covering them to the depth of about half an inch, exposing them at first in situations that have only the morning sun, but afterwards removing them into more warm and sunny ex- posures; and as the winter approaches, placing them under the pro- tection of frames and glasses, or some other contrivance, fresh air 151 being freely admitted when the weather is tnikl and suitable. In this way some plants of the hardy sorts will ap[)car about the beginning of the I'ollowing year, and of all the kinds in the spring. During the beginning of summer, when the weather is hot and dry, slight water- ings should be given occasionally; but when their leaves begin to decline in llie latter end, they should be removed to an eastern as- pect, wiih only the morning sun, and, as their roots arc then in an inactive slate, have iililc or no water. 'J'hey should !)e kept free from weeds in the auluum, and have some fresh mould applied over the surfaces of the pots or tubs in which they grow, protecting them again in the winter as before, continuing the saiuc management as in the j)receding year, till the decline of the leaves in the hitter part of the summer, when they sh.ould be carefully taken up, and the more hardy sorts planted out in the situations where they are to re- main, as those of a warm, dry border; and the tender kinds removed into pots, to have protection from frosts in winter. As the Persian sort is the most impatient of cold and moisture, it should constantly be kept in pots fdled with light sandy earth, or a compost of loam and lime-rubbish, and be placed in such situa- tions in the frame or green-house as to have as nmch tree air as possible in mild weather in winter. Some of the sorts Avill generally begin to flower in the course of one or two years after being thus planted out; the first kind often about Christmas, which is succeeded by those of the Persian sort. The plants in tlie borders should have the protection of mats or other contrivances, in severe winters, as by such means they produce a greater abundance of flowers, and these more fair and beautiful. The varieties of (he different sorts are best preserved and conti- nued by planting pieces of the divided roots, immediately after they have been separated in the summer season, in pots, tubs, or other {)laces, as above: but in this mode they do not increase in an expe- ditious manner. These plants are very ornamental, though of small growth, in their variegated large foliage, as well as ihrir elegant flowrrs, which in some of the sorts are fragrant, as those of the spring kinds. 152 The hardy soils produce a fine effect in the fronts of borders or clumps in pleasure-grounds, and those of the tender kinds among other potted plants in the green-house. The proper period of removing these plants for any purpose is about the beginning of June, when the leaves decline; but they should not be often removed, as the roots do not lose their fibres as in some others of the tuberous and bulbous rooted kinds. £. CROCUS VERNUS. SPRING CROCUS. This genus comprehends plants of the low-flowering ornamental bulbous-rooted perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Triandria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Ensata. The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed spathe : the corolla a simple, long tube: border six-parted, erect: divisions ovate- oblong, equal: the stamina consist of three subulate filaments, shorter than the corolla: anthers sagittate: the pislillum is an infe- rior, roundish germ : style filiform, length of the stamens: stigmas three, convolute, serrate : the pericarpium is a roundish capsule, three-lobed, three-celled, three-valved: the seeds several, and round: the corollets six-parted, equal: stigmas convolute. The species are : 1. C. officinalis. Autumnal or Common Oflficinal Crocus; 2. C. vtrnus. Spring Crocus. The first has a roundish bulbous root, as large as a small Nutmeg, a little compressed at the bottom, and covered with a coarse, brown, netted skin; from the bottom of the bulb many long fibres are sent out, which strike pretty deep into the ground; the flowers come out at the upper part of the root, which, with the young leaves, whose tops just appear, are closely wrapped about by a thin spatha or sheath, which parts Avithin the ground, and opens on one side: the 153 tube of tlie flower is very long, arising immediately from the bulb, without any foot-slalk, and at the top is divided into six ovale ob- tuse scoincnls, which are equal, and of a purplo blue colour. In the bottom of the tube is siluatod a roundish gc rm, siij)porling a slender style, wliich is not more than half the lengtli of the petal, crowned ■with lhr(>e oblong golden stigmas, sj)readmg asunder each way, which is ihe Saffron, It flowers in October, and the leaves continue orow- ing all winter; but it never produces seeds in ihis climate. It is supposed by Martyn to be a native of Asia. The chief varieties arc: the Sweet-smelling with a smaller, and more compressed root, having a deep blue colour, but varying to a sky-blue: the Mountain, which has a flower of a paler blue colour; the Many-flowering blueish, with numerous sky-blue flowers; and the Small-flowering, having a small deep blue flower. The second species has a pretty large compressed bulb, covered with a light brown, netted skin, from wliich arise four or five leaves of a purplish colour on their lower parts: from among these come out one or two flowers, sitting close between the young leaves, never rising above two inches high, and having an agreeable odour. From the centre of the tube a slender style proceeds, which is crowned by a broad flat stigma of a golden colour. After the flower is past, the germ pushes out of the ground. In the wild stale, it is most commonly while, with a pinple base. It is a native of Italy, Sec. 'J'he chief varieties are : the broad-leaved purple variesrated, which has a flower of a deep blue colour, and stiiped ; the broad- leaved plain pnrj)lc; the broad-leaved violet-coloured, or large deep blue; the while witii a |)urj)le bottom; ihe broad-leaved white vari(>galed; the broad-leaved with many violet-purple flowers striped with white; the broad-leaved ash-coloured; the broad-leaved large yellow; the broad-leaved small pale yellov/ ; the broad-leaved small - yellow striped with black; the narrow-leaved small brimst(;ne; and riie narrow-leaved small while. In modern catalogues, many other varieiies of diffeient colours X 154 are introduced' as blue and purple, yellow and while, or striped. New ones are also continually imported from Holland. The usual varieties at present in gardens are: the beautifully striped Scotch; the blue; the blue striped; the white; the yellow of several shades, larger and smaller ; the yellow striped with black ; the cloth of gold, &c. Culture.— The culture in both these sorts is easily eftectcd, by planting the bulbs or oft'-sets taken fiom the roots; the first sort in July, or the beginning of the following month, and the latter any time when the weather is open, from September to the beginning of April in the following year; but the more early it is performed, the stronoer they flower ; by means of a dibble or trowel, to the depth of about two inches, the ground being previously well dug over, and left some time to settle. Tliey may be set cither in beds by themselves in rows, at the distance of eight or nine inches, and six or eio'ht inches apart, or in patches of five or six roots in each, on the fronts of the clumps, borders, or other parts of gar- dens and pleasure grounds, putting them in a varied manner, both in respect to the sorts, and the order in which they are planted. Where the soils are tolerably dry, they may remain two or three years without being disturbed, but should then be taken up at the time the leaves decay, in order to separate the new bulbs or of?-sets for further increase, as well as to new dig the ground. The larger bulbs should be separated from the small ones, and put up, each by themselves, in order to be planted at the proper season; the former in the above manner, and the latter in beds in rows six inches dis- tant, to remain till they are of a proper size. As the l)ulbs increase fast, a large stock may with care soon be provided. But when this is not practised, bulbs of the different species and varielieo may easily be procured from the nursery and seeds-men. In the culture of these plants, great injury is frequently done by trimming ofi" the green 4caves at the time the flowers decline, in 155 order lo prevenl litter; as by such means the future blow is rendered more weak and less beautiful. Where new varieties are wanted, recourse must be had to the seed, which must be sown in the spring vscason, either where the plants are to remain, in a bed of light mellow earth, or in pots filled with the same sort of earth. The first species is the j)lant which is cultivated in fields, and from the stigma of which the preparation knowji under the title of English SaftVon is made. PLATE XIX* 1. DAHLIA PINNATA. PURPLE DAHLIA. 2. DAHLIA CROCATA. YELLOW DAHLIA. This genus was established by the late Cavanilles, in honour of Dr. Andrew Dahl, a Swedish botanist, and the friend of Baron Alstraemer. It belongs to the class and order Syngene&ia Polygamia Frustranea, at least in this cold climate. The stems die every winter, but the root is perennial and tube- rous, not very dissimilar to that of the Artichoke. Four species have been described. 1. Pinnata, pinnated as it is called, and figured by Cavauilles ia his Ic. PL V. 1. tab. 80. It is also figured under this name in the 4th vol. of Andrews's Bot. Repository. In the Annales clu Mas. National Hist. Nat. V. 3. M. Thouin calls this species Purpurea, but its colour varies from the common Pinnata, being very deep; and Mr. R. A. Salisbury suspects that this Purpurea of Thouin is the true Rosea of Cavanilles. A paler coloured variety of iXxePinnata, the seeds of which were sent to Holland-House with the name of Rosea by Cavanilles, has been lately figured by Mr. Hooker in the Paradisus Londinensis, and described by the above-mentioned botanist, under the name of Samhucifolia: that it is not the true Rosea of Cavanilles, Ic. is un- questionable; for the leaves were simply pinnate, not bipinnate. 2. Rosea, Rose-coloured. It is so called and figured l)y Cava- lUin,ted by Syd:E.f*ur,U London TMt/lted Mar lUOi^ lyy GKerirj-LyF&^tSln'et. Tln.p-.n't-J hyFSa>,trm J /Ja///u/ ptnnaia " \ JJah/ta croc/jlt/. 157 nilles in his Icones; but the plant called Rosea by Mr. Thouin m the Annates, is most probably the very variely of the first species figured by tlie name of SambucifoUa in the Paradisus Londinensis. 3. CoctvHCfl, Scarlet. This is figured in Curtis's publication; but we entertain a doubt if it is the same with Cavanilles's plant, if the colour is well copied. The plant, avc understand, is dead. • 4. Crocata^ Saffron-coloured. This plant is not mentioned in any work previous to the Paradisus Londinensis, where it is figured and described by the name of BideniifoUa. Though the parcels of seeds which came from Cavanilles himself had the title of Crocata, the flowers turned out yellow. It is not intended here to describe minutely these plants; it is sufficient to say, that they elevate themselves majestically like the Holy-hock, and bear both axillary and terminal showy flowers late in the autumn. Culture. — The first Dahlias introduced into England were lost by taking too much care of them. As they are natives of the hilly parts of Mexico, they will thrive in the open ground very Avell, and accus- tom themselves in a very few generations to ripen seeds here an- nually. By giving the history of those plants which have grown in the gardens of Holland-House, Kensington, it is only meant to ofifer hints for their culture, leaving the rest to future experience and ob- servation. On the 20thof INIay, 1804, the Right Honourable Lady Holland sent home from Spain a parcel of seeds. Though so lat(> in the sea- son, part of them Avere sown in pots in a hot-bed, and among these Avas the Dahtia Pinnata, with a wrong name on the parcel. When the plant was about fourteen inches high, it was planted in the open ground and grew luxuriantly, pushing up several stems to the height of seven and eight feet. The Coccinea and Crocata, the seeds of which also came up, but did not grow so full. In the middle of September the first flowers appeared, by which the plant was known to bcthe iV////o^« of Cavanilles, aiul it was figured by Mr. Andrews the same year. The seeds did not ripen, and the roots were taken y 158 up on the approach of a sharp frost, and placed in the green-house in a pot for the winter. In the spring of 1805 all the parcels of seed sent from abroad M^ere sown, and many Dahlias came up among them, which at the time of flowering showed four distinct species or varieties. It seems that Cavanilles, and the French botanists after him, mean to make as many species as there arc dilFereut coloured Dahlias ; but the learned Mr. Salisbury, one of the Vice Presidents last year of the Linnean Society, considers them ail simpl}' as varieties of only two distinct species, and has in the Poradhus Londinensis named them, not according to their colour, but after the diftercnces of their leaves, being inclined to believe that they will in time vary like the China Aster and Mary gold. And, in fact, with regard to the Dahlia Piniwfa, now commonly called Purpurea, we have great reason to confirm that botanist's suspicion, having seen nine different varieties of it, cither in the colour or multiplication of the petals. Tiie flower, in its natural state, has only eight //g?//(7/ed petals: a few had Iwchc. 'J'hcrc was also one jjlant M'ith archdonble flowers, exceedingly pale : another with archdouble flowers, exceeding deep purple, exactly like that figured in the Annaks da Mus. but the flowers were so complicated together, and the autumn of 1805 so cold, they never expanded. We must observe, that the leaves of this plant were bipinnated, but whether it is a real distinct species is not yet positively ascertained. The Dahlia Ttosea was in the year 1805 the most handsome, and ripened plenty of seeds, 'i'lie Purpurea rijjened fewer and weaker seeds, though they now (10th May, 18o6) come up freely; the plants, however, look weak. Of the seeds of Coccinea and Crocata, no plants have yet appeared, though to the eye they seemed as ])er- fecl as those imported from Spain. All the i)lants of 1805, exce|)t one, were taken up before Christ- mas, and planted in jiols or large pans; but though kept in a very cold green-house, they began to jnish new shoots in the middle of April, and will be planted in the open ground without the help of 159 any artificial heal. Some rich inoukl round the roots is the only cul- ture they require. 'I'he plant left all llie winter out of doors was situated close to a south wall; and though it had no covering of any kind, it is now pusliing up new shoots. It is necessary to add, tiiat several plants of Dahlias have been raised by cuttings, which are now in good health, and which will prol)ably flower and produce seeds next autmnn. lOlh July, ISOti. Above a hundred plants of Dahlius are now o-rowing in various parts of tlic gardens at IJolland-House in the hifhest luxuriance: anions; them are several of the yellow-flowered Bidenti folia, raised from seeds saved there last year, though the au- tumn proved so unfavourable. One plant of the Purpurea of An- drews's Bot. Repository is already showing flowers. The true Rosea of Cavanilles, Avith doubly j)innated leaves, is also growinor most vigorously, and one of its stems has been pinched to produce lateral shoots lor cuttings. A plant left in the middle of one of the borders of the French garden at Holland-House by mis- take, and exposed to the severity of the winter, without any shelter, is as strong and vigorous as any of the other two-year old plants; so that there is not a doubt that this magnificent genus will soon be a common ornament of the gardens in this island. In plate 19* is a representation of a plant of the Dahlia Piiinafa, or Purpurea. PLATE XX. 1. DAPHNE CXEORUM. TRAILING DAPHNE. This genus comprises plants of the lovr shrubby ornamental, evergreen, and deciduous kinds. It belongs to the class and order Octandria Moiwgyma, and ranks in the natural order of Vepreculte. The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla one-pe- lalled, funnel-form, withering, including the stamens: tube cylimiric, imperforate, longer than the border : border four-cleft ; divisions ovate, acute, flat, spreading: the stamina have eight, short filaments, inserted into the tube; the alternate ones lower: anthers roundish, erect, two-celled: the pistillum is an ovate germ : style very short: stigma headed, depressed-flat : the pericarpium a roundish one- celled berry: (drupe berried superior;.) the seed sinsle, roundish, fleshy. The species are : 1. D. Mezerew?!, Mezereon; 2. D. Laureola, TVood or Spurge Laurel : 3. D. tartouraira. Silvery -leaved Daphne, or Tartouraira: 4. D. cneorum. Trailing Daphne; o. D. odora. Sweet- smelling Daphne. The first is a shrub, growing to the height of from three or four to five or six feet, with a strong woody stalk, putting out manv woody branches on ever}" side, so as to form a regular head. The leaves are smooth, about two inches lonsr, and three quarters of an inch broad in the middle, placed without order. The flowers come out very early in the spring, before the leaves, in clusters all round the shoots of the former year. The fruit is a superior berried drupe, first green, then red, of an ovate-^lobuIar form; with a thin succu- K20. Faiitl.J In- Sr.l F.J'.irJj LcnJi'n TuhlifltiJ. Dff llSx'd fry liK^.ir.flfy t'Ird Str^fl J'l f/ih //I/ /hipjinr i<\ X^StinC^rt Dr and ajipear early in the spring. It is a native of France, &c. Jt varies with white flowers. I'he fjflh has the stem becon)ing shrubby, dicholomous, smooth, naked, erect; the branches, like the stem, from divaricate erect: the leaves at the lop of ihe last branchlets, approxiujaling, sessile, acule, Y 162 quilc entire, spreading, bent back at the lip; deep green on the upper surface, with a groove along tbe middle, paler underneath; unequal, thick, evergreen, an inch in length : the flowers about eleven in number, of a purple colour. It is a native of Japan, flow- ering here from December to March. Culture. — These plants are capable of being raised in different methods according to the kinds. I'lie first sort and varieties are best propagated by sowing the seeds or berries, as soon as the}' have become perfectly ripe, as about August, on beds of light sandy earih, covering iheui in to the depth of half an inch. AVhcn possible, a south-easterly aspect should be chosen. And to preserve the seeds in a perfect slate, the shrubs should be netted in the latter end of the summer, to prevent the attacks of the birds. The young plants generally appear in the following s])ring, when they should be kept clear from weeds, and the largest ones removed "when too close together: they niaj' remain in these beds till the be- ginning of the second autumn, when they should be removed, and set out in nurserj'-rows, at the distance of a foot and half, and ten or twelve inches in the rows, great care being taken not to break or injure their roots. After they have had two years growth in these situations, they are in a proper condition for being planted out where they are to remain: and as the plants flower very early in the spring, the best time for removing them is in the early part of the autumn. The plants grow to the greatest size, and flower in the most full and perfect manner, when the soils are of a dry quality: as in moist, adhesive soils they are apt to become mossy. The second species may be increased by sowing the seeds in the same manner as the above; and also by cuttings and layers of the young shoots: these should be planted out or laid down in the be- ginning of the autumn, and in the following autumn they will be well rooted : the layers may be then taken off, and planted where they are to remain, or put into nursery-rows as above. The cuttings may likewise be treated in the same way. The third and fourth sorts succeed best when raised from seed 163 procni'ed from abroad, and sown on a warm dry situalion, in the early autumn, in the places where the plants are to remain, as they do not bear transplanting well. 'J'hc ground should be as little as possible stirred about the plants. The former sliould have a dry warm aspect where the land is poor, but the latter succeeds in such as are more cool : these plants are sulHcicntly hardy to succeed in the open air, when the winters arc not very severe. The last sort is raised by sowing the seeds procured from its na- tive situation, on a gentle hot-bed in the autumn or s|)ring, and when the plants are of sufficient growth removing them into separate pols, to be placed under the protection of the greenhouse. It is much more tender than the other sorts. The first and second kinds are highly ornamental plants in the clumps, borders, and other conspicuous parts near the house, the former flowering early, and w here many are together affording a fine frasrance. • The other sorts, though more tender, are curious, and afford an agreeable variety in assemblage with others of similar growth, either ill the borders or among potted plants. 2. DllACOCEPHALUM VIRGINIANUM. « VIRGINIAN DRAGONS HEAD. . Tins genus comprehends plants of the herbaceous, annual, and perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Didij'iwi/ua G>/»uiospcr»iiii, and ranks in the natural order of Vdi/cillatce. The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium, tubular, permanent, very short: the corolla one-peiallcd, ringent : tube length of the calyx: throat very large, oblong, inflalctl, ga[)ing, a little compressed on- the back: lip superior straight, arched, com- 164 plicated, obtuse: lip inferior three-cleft; lateral divisions u})riglit, as it were the segments of the throat; the intermediate one hanging down, small, prominent forwards at the base, roundish, emarginate: the stamina consist of four subulate filaments, hid beneath the upper lip of the corolla, of which two are a litte shorter: anthers somewhat cordate: the pistillum is a four-parted germ: style filiform, in the situation of the stamens : stigma two-cleft, sharp, slender, reflex : there is no pericarpium : calyx cherishing the seeds in its bottom : the seeds four, ovate-oblong, three-sided. The species chiefly cultivated are: 1. D. Virginiwnim, Virginian Dragon's Head; 2. D. Caiiariciise, Canary Dragon's Head, or Balm of Gilead; 3. D. Aiisti/acion, Austrian Diagons Head ; 4. D. Rui/s- chiaiia, Hyssoji-lcaved Dragon's Head ; 5. D. Moldavica, Moldavian. Dragon's Head, or Balm. There are other species that deserve cultivation. The first is a perennial plant. It rises with an upright stalk, near three feet high. The leaves are about three inches long, and half an inch broad, sessile; usually in pairs at each joint, but sometimes there are three together. The flowers are purple, in terminating spikes. It is a native of North America, flowering iVom July to September. The second species is also a perennial plant, rising with several stalks to the height of three feet or more, becoming woody at the lower part; the leaves at each joint having three or five oblong, pointed, serrate leaflets. — -The flowers come out in short thick spikes on the top of the stalks; they are of a pale blue colour. It is a na- tive of the Canary Islands, flowering at the same time as the first. The third has likewise a perennial root. The stalks are hairy, a foot and half high, sending out several side-branches. The leaves are hair^', linear, cut into three parts. The flowers terminating in short whorled spikes, with some very narrow leaves (bractes) under each whorl. It is a beautiful plant, growing naturally in Aus- tria, &c. In the fourth the root is perennial. The stems about two feet high, with two smooth linear leaves at each joint, about an inch 165 long, and one-eighth of an inch broad, with a deep furrow along the middle : al each joint, at the other sides of the stem, come out two or thice very narro\v' small leaves of the same shape. The flowers are in spikes, of a fine blue colour. It is a native of Norway, flower- ins i'l June. ' The fifth is an annual plant, rising with branching stalks a foot and half high, with oblong leaves, deeply serrate on their edges. The flowers come out in whorls round the stalks at every Joint ; are blue, and appear in Jul}', continuing to the middle of August. It has a strong balsamic odour, which to some is very agreeable. It is a native of Moldavia. Culture. — These plants are raised in different methods, according to the kinds. The first sort is best propagated by parting the roots and planting them out in moist, sheltered, shady situations, either in the autumn or spring. In the second kind the plants are best raised by sowing the seeds in pots of good mould in the autumn, protecting them by means of a frame and glasses during the winter. When the plants have some growth they may be removed into separate pots, and placed in the open air duiing the summer, but brought under the shelter of a green-house or garden-frame in the winter; the latter is probabl}- the belter practice. They may likewise be increased by planting cuttings of the young shoots in a warm shady spot during the sununer. These, when the) have formed good roots, should be removed into pots, to be protected under glasses during the winter. They require a pretty full exposure to llie air when the weather is suitable, being sufficiently hardy to stand the open air in mild winters. The third and fourth species may be raised by sowing the seeds in the early spring months, in a bed of earth in an open exposure, or in pots. When the plants have attained sufficient growth they should be removed into a spot of fresh light earth, and planted out six inches apart, proper shade and water being given, till they be- 166 come rooted, or into separate pots. If the pots be plunged in a moderate hot-bed it will greatly forward them. They must be kept free from weeds till the autumn, in the first situation, when they should be taken up with good balls to their roots, and be planted out in the borders or other parts, where they are to remain. They may also be increased by planting cuttings of the branches in summer, in a shady spot, or in large pots, giving them shade and water, and afterwards removing them into other pots. The fifth species must be raised annually by sowing the seeds in patches, in the places where the plants arc to remain, in the spring. When the plants appear, they should be properly thinned, and kept perfectly free from weeds. All the sorts, except the second, may be employed for ornament in the beds or borders of gardens and pleasure-grounds; some of them- affording a fine smell, as well as pretty effect in their flowers. They should be raised almost annually, in order to keep good plants. The second kind is chiefly introduced among green-house col- lections, both for variety and the fragrant balsamic smell which it affords. TL21 Tai nUd by jyJ I^J^ia rdi Dt'/p/i t mil >n rill Jii ' Lfnijpiir ,, ' ,^ JJttinthiU] harba/iif PLATE XXI. L DELPHINIUM ELATUM. LARKSPUR. Tiirs genus comprises plants of the herbaceous flowery hardy annual and perennial kinds. Dolphin Flower. It belongs to the class and order Polyamlria Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of Mulfisi/igii^e. The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla has five petals, unequal, disposed in a circle; of which the uppermost in some is more obtuse than the rest in front, and is extended behind into a tubular, straight, long, obtuse horn: the rest ovate-lanceolate, spreading, nearly equal: nectary two-cleft, seated in iiont within the circle of petals on the upper part, behind slretchcd out, involved within the tube of the petal : the stamina have very many filaments (fifteen or thirty,) subulate, wider, at the base, very small, inclined toAvards the petal : anthers erect, small: the pislillum consists of three or one germ; ovate, ending in styles the length of ihe stamens: stigmas simple, reflex: the pericarpium has as many capsules, ovate- subulate, straight, one-valved, gaping inwards: the seeds very manVj and cornered. The species mostly cultivated are: 1. J). ar/;oc/,s. Upright Lark- spur; 2. D. grandijiorum, Great-flowered Bee Larkspur; 3. D. elatutn. Tall Bee I /arks pur. There are other species that may be cultivated. The first is annual, and has the stalks eighteen inches and more in height, seldom branched: the leaves are finely divided, commonly by threes, on broad petioles: the segments are linear, quite entire, 168 and channelled above ; the spike of flowers erecl, dense, and of dif. ferent colonrs. There are varieties with single and double blue flowers; with sino-le and double purple flowers; with single and double silver- coloured flowers; with single and double violet-coloured flowers; with single and double ash-coloured flowers; with single and double striped flowers; Large Rocket Larkspur, and Dwarf or Rocket Larkspur. The second species has a perennial root, which puts out two or three branching stalks every spring, rising about a foot and a half hio-h: the leaves are smooth and of a light green colour above, and hoary beneath, composed of many narrow segments, which terminate in several acute points: the flowers come out towards the upper part of the stalks singly, each on a long naked peduncle; they are large, and of a fine azure colour. They appear in June and July, and the seeds ripen in autumn. iL is a native of Siberia. The third rises to the height of a man: the root is perennial: the leaves slightly villose, becoming smooth by age, . half- five-lobed, pe- tioled; lobes acute, often half-three-lobed, sharply serrate. The spikes of flowers very long and handsome, of a deep blue colour, with a wrinkled spur. It is a native of Switzerland, kc. flowering Irom June to September. Culture. — These plants, in all the sorts and varieties, are propa- gated by sowing the seeds in the early spring, as in February, March, or the followino- month, or in the autumn immediately after the seeds become ripe, in the clumps, borders, or other places where the plants are to remain, as they do not succeed so perfectly by transplanting, in patches of eight or ten in a place, covering the seed in to the depth of nearly half an inch, the mould being previously rendered fine. Where the annual sort and varieties are cultivated for a large show, the seed may be sown thinly in drills on beds four feet broad, at a foot distance, covering it in to the above depth. They are some- times sown in other forms for the purpose of appearance. The autumn sowings of these seeds should be marked by placing 1G9 smiill slicks in the places, to prevent their being disturbed by the spring digging of the ground. The only culture the plants in general require after they appear, is that of thinning them in a proper manner, according to circum- stances, and keei)ing them free from weeds. And in the pcrcnial sorts removing the stems in the autumn. 'J'hese plants afford much ornament and variety in the diflcrcnl compartments of pleasure-grounds, and they succeed in most soib and situations, being of hardy growth. 2. DIANTHUS BARBATUS. SWEET WILLIAM. This genus lurnishcs plants of the herbaceous flowery orna- mental kind. It belongs to the class and order Dccandna Digi/nia, and ranks in ihe natural order of Cari/op/ii/llei. The characters are: that the calyx is a c^lindric perianthium, tubular, striated, permanent, five-toothed at the mouth, surrounded at the base with four scales, of which the two opposite are lower: the corolla has five petals, cknvs length of the calyx, narrow, inserted into the receptacle: border flat; the plaits outwardly wider, obtuse, crenate: the stamina consist of ten subulate filaments, length of the calj'x, with spreading tips: anthers oval-oblong, compressed, incum- bent: the pistillum is an oval germ: styles two, subulate, longer than the stamens: siigmas bent back, acuminate: the pericarpium is a cylindric capsule, covered, one-celled, gaping open at top four ways: the seeds a great many, compressed, roundish: receptacle free, four-cornered, shorter by half than the pericarpium. The species chiefly cultivated in the garden are: 1. D.harbatus, Sweet William, or Bearded Pink; 2. D. carj/ophillits. Clove Pink, or Clove Gillitiower; 3, D. dcltokks, Coinmon or Madder Pink; 4. D. z 170 phtmaritis, Fealhercci Pink; 5. D.ccesiiis, Gray -leaved or Mountain Pink; 6. D. Chinensis, China Pink; 7- D.sitperbus, Superb Pink. The first has a perennial fusiform root: the stems are upright, jointed, smooth, a foot and lialf high, branched: the leaves, soft, veined, connate, from half an inch to almost an inch broad in the widest part, bright green; the bundles of flowers compact, umbelledy and sessile. These are of different colours, in different varieties. It is a native of Germany. The principal varieties are: the Broad-leaved, or Sweet-^Yiiliams: the Narrow-leaved, or Sweet-Johns; with smgle and double flowers in each. The chief of the sub-varieties in the first or broad-leaved kind are,, with broad leaves and tall deep red flowers, with tall flesh-coloured flowers, with pure white flowers, with white dotted flowers, with striped leaves and red flowers, large double rose-coloured with sweet- scented flowers, large double with deep purple burster flowers, and with double variegated flowers. In the second, oxnarrow-kaved sort, with narrow leaves and deep red flowers, with pale red flowers, with pale red and flesh-coloured flowers, with purplish white-eyed flowers, with snow-white flowers, with'^'hite and flesh-coloured flowers, with white and purple flowers? with white spotted flowers, and with red flowers and white borders, or Painted Lady Sweet-Williams. It is observed by Marty n, that the broad-leaved sort, with very double flowers of a deep purple, inclining to blue, bursting the calyx, is not so much esteemed; but that the double Rose Sweet-William, with flowers of a fine deep rose-colour, and smelling sweet, is much valued, as it does not biu'st. The Mule, or Fairchild's Sweet-Wil- liam, Avhich is one of the narrow-leaved double sorts, supposed to have been produced from seeds of a Carnation impregnated by a Sweet-William; the flowers are of a brighter red than in either of the former; their bunches not quite so large, but the flowers have an agreeable smell. The narrow-leaved kind are in general the most productive of double flowers. The second sort, in its natural state, has the root large, woody, 171 and branched: the stems a foot or eighteen inclies liigh, decumbent at bollom, jointed and branched: tlie leaves are glaucous, smooth' linear, a line in breadth: every branch is terminated by one, two, or three liowers. 'J'he:-ie flowers, in tb.e improved garden phmt, have a spicy odour. There are both single and double varieties, with reddish flowers with variegated red and while flowers, with variegated red, white, and })urple flowers, with variegated red, scaiht, pinplc, and white flowers, and with variegatetl red or purple al^oxe and white luidcr- nealh. The Carnations are distinguished by modern florists, from the difference of variegation, into four classes: — as Flakes, having two colours only, and their stripes large, going quite through the leaves. Bizarres, with flowers stripetl or variegated with three or four diflbrent colours, in irregular spots and stripes. Piqucttes, having a white ground, spotted or pounced with scarlet, red, purple, or other colours. Fainted Ladies, with the petals of a red or purple colour on the upper side, and entirely white underneath. Each of these classes have numerous sub-varieties, especially the third, which was formerly in most esteem with florists; but of late years the F/akes have been in greater request. It is useless howevc^r to enumerate their sub-varieties, as they are not by imy jueaus per- manent. The properties of a good Carnation are thus staled by tloiisls: — The stem of the flower should be straight, strong, and able to sup- port the weight ol" the flower without hanging down: the flower at least not less than from thirty to forly-hve inches high: the petals well formed, long, broad, stiff, and pretty easy to expand, or, as the florists term it, make free flowers, being neither too close nor too thin; the midtUe of the flower not advanced too high above the other |)arts; the colours bright, and equally marked all over the flower: the flower very lull of petals, so as to render it, when blown, very thick in the middle, with the outside perfectly roiuid. And Martyn adds, " that the lower or outer circle of petals, commonly called the guard leaves, should be ])arlicularly substantial; should rise perpendicularly about 172 half an inch aboAe the calyx, and then turn off gracefully in a hori- zontal direction, supporting the interior petals, Avhich should decrease gradually in size as they approach the centre, which should be well filled with them. All the petals should be regularly disposed, and lie over each other in such a manner as that their respective and united beauties may meet the eye all together ; they should be nearly flat, or at most have a small degree of inflection at the broad end ; their edges perfectly enlire, without notch, fringe, or indenture. The calyx should be at least an inch in length, sufficiently strong at top to keep the bases of the petals in a close and circular body: the colours distinct, and the stripes regular, narrowing gradually to th.e claw of the petal, and there ending in a fine point. Almost one half of each petal should be of a clear white, free from spots." These properties are, however, chiefly expected in the fine potted varieties, which on coming into blow are usually placed together upon a stand or stage considerably raised and covered, in order to produce the fullest effect, and by protecting them to continue longer in beauty. The double varieties, as being more large and beautiful in their colours, should be principally cultivated. Some of tliem, especially the Bursters, are extremely large, as three or four inches in diameter over the crown. Whole Blowers and Bursters are common to most of the varieties, especially the Flakes and Bizarres ; the former arc those in which the calyx or outer cup is long and of equal growth, opening regularly each way only at top, to admit a free and equal expansion of the petals all round: the flowers in these, though somewhat smaller, are more equally expanded, and require less trouble in the manage- ment of their bloom than in the Bursters. The latter are those in which the cup is large, and as it were swollen, being liable to burst on one side, and permit the petal to break out and produce irregular flowers, if care be not taken to prevent it by tying, and opening the calyx a little on the opposite side. The fV/iole Blozeers are on this account the more convenient for culture, where much time cannot be spared in attending to the flowers. 173 The third species has numerous barren stems, reclining and pullmg forth roots, the flowering stems from six to eight inches iiigh, cohun- nar below, square at top, slender, weak, but usually erect, some- times simple, sometimes branched or dichotomous, swollen at the joints, slightly pubescent: the leaves are in pairs at each joint, linear or subulate, nearly the length of the internode, converging to the stalk, and embracing it at the base, slightly pubescent; those of the barren branches narrower: the peduncles are round, downy, from the ends of the stem and branches, single, or two from the same joint, each bearing one llower: the petals are toothed at the edge, bright red above, pale beneath; but according to Ray reddish, with a rmg of deeper-coloured dots surrounding the eye; with dark purplish teeth near the throat, and beset with white silvery points, with hairs pro- ceeding from them: the petals vary much in colour, being some- times of a xery pale flesh colour, sometimes deep red, but always marked with a ring of deeper red dots near the centre of llie flower. It is a native of Sweden, &c. There is a cultivated variety in gardens with white flowers, with a beautiful purple ring, and leaves rather more glaucous than in the common sort. The fourth species has the stems ascending, a foot or eighteen inches in height, and branched: the leaves of a grayish or glaucous hue, a line and half wide, very sharp at the end: the flowers one, two, seldom three, at the ends of the branches, and sweet-scented: the calyx is of a glaucous-green, longer than in the other species : the petals large, light red or bright purple, sometimes white, with a circle of red; deeply jagged, having a red down at the base of the lamina or border. It is a native of Europe; flowering from June to August, and is perennial. The fifth, according to Dr. Smith, has a woody root: the stalks f-everal, a span high, erect, simple, smooth, quadrangular, having two or three pair of leaves on them, one-flowered, scarcely ever two- flowered : the leaves are linear-lanceolate, bluntish, glaucous: the scales of the calyx only one third of the length of the tube, ovate- roundish, bluntly mucronale and striated : the petals are flesh-coloured, 174 ■with a double row of blunt notches, marked with lines, and bearded at the base. It is a native of Switzerland. In the sixth, the flower-stems are from six to eight or nine inches hioh, branchinsf out on every side; the branches grow erect, and are terminated each by one flower: the flowers have no scent, but, havino- a great variety of colours, they are a considerable ornament to the flower-o-arden from July uiUil the autumn: they have been greatly improved by culture; some flowers being as full of petals as the best double Pinks, and display the most glowing and vivid red colours. It is a native of Chimi. Martyn oi)serves, that the roots often last two years in a dry soil ; but they arc generally raised from seeds annually. In the nuisery- grounds it is generally known by the name of Indian Pink. Dr. Smith mentions having had a plant from Mr. Sikes's, \\ hich seemed to be a mule between this and the first species. There are varieties with red flowers, with purple flowers, willi while flowers, with variegated flowers, each single and double, and imperial large-flowered. The seventh species has the stem a foot or eighteen inches in height, procumbent at the base, and then erect, round, somewhat two-edged on the upper part, smooth, branching only at top: the leaves are like those of narrow-leaved Swcet-William, connate, lan- ceolate-linear or linear subulate, acute, quite entire, bright green, smooth, marked with lines and a rising nerve, rough on the edge, oreen not glaucous: the flowers are erect, usually two terminating each branch, on short peduncles; sometimes there are more, and sometimes only one: petals i)alc red, sometimes Avhite, sprinkled with bloody spots: they smell very sweet, especially in the evening. It is supposed by some perennial, but by others biennial, or annual. It succeeds best in a calcareous soil. It is a native of Denmark, &c. flowering in July and the following month. The varieties of pinks principally cultivated in the garden are as below, flowering in the following order. The Damask Pink, which is the first of the double sorts in flower.; il has but a short stalk; the flower is not very large, nor so double 175 as in many others; the colour is of a pale j)iirple, inclining lo red. It is very sweet in its smell. • • The IVhitc Shock, which is thus denominaled from the whiteness of its flowers, and the borders of the petals being much jagged and fringed: the flower-stalks are eii>;ht or ten inches in heiiiht. Its scent is not so agreeable as in some other sorts. The Fheasant's Ei/e, of which there are diflcrent varieties, and frec^uently new ones introduced, some of which have very large double flowers; those which burst their pods are the least esteemed. They have firm flower-stems, eight or ten inches high: the flowers large, whitish, or blush-coloured, with dark j)urple spots in the middle. That sort of Pheasant's Eye called Bafs Pink often flowers aoam in autumn. The Cob Fink, the stalks of which are much taller than in those of the former sorts; twelve or fifteen inches high ; the flowers very double, and of a brio;ht red colour ; it has the most aorecable odour of all the sorts ; flowering fiom the latter end of JMay to the middle of July. The Old Blaii's Head Pink, and the Fainted Lady, flower in July, at the same time with the Carnation, to which tliey are more nearly allied than lo the Pink. 'Jlie first, when in its proper colours, is j>urple and white striped and spotted, but it is frecjuently of one plain colour, as purple: it continues flowering till the frost in autumn puts a stop to it, and the flower having an agreeable scent renders it va- lualjlc. The latter is chieflj' adniired for the liveliness of its colour ; as it is not so sweet, or of so long continuance, as the other. 'J'he Clove Pink has a large deep red flower, aftbrding a strong scent of tlic Clove. Martyn thinks it probable that the Red Pinks take their rise from the Carnation, Avhilst the Pheasant's Eye Pinks seem to derive their origin from the fourth. Some give them all as variations of the third ; which is not, he conceives, likely. There are single and double flowers of each of these sorts. Culture. — Though the culture in these ornamental ))lants is eifccled without much diflicully, considerable attention is necessary in the 17() management of some of the soils, lo have them flower in the utmost perfection and beauty. Culture ill the Sweet-WiUiom Kind. — Tiie sino;le sorts of these plants are readily increased by sowing seed which has been carefully collected in a bed of light earth, that lias not been much enriched by manure, in the latter end of March or beginning of the following month, either over the surface or in slight drills, covering it in Avell : when tlic plants have attained a proper growth, as about thQ latter end of June, they should be removed and set out on other small beds prepared ibr them, planting ^them out six or eight inches dis- tant each way, watering them and keeping them perfectly free from weeds till the following autumn or spring, when they must be taken up with good balls of earth about ihcir roots, and set out where they are to flower. It is by this method that new varieties are produced. Although these plants are perennial, they should be raised every year from seed, to have theui blow strong and in perfection. These and the double sorts may be continued by slips or layers. In the former mode the slips should be planted out either in the early autumn or spring months where they are lo remain, giving them a little water at the time, when the weather is dry. When the slips are taken from the young plants, they should be made quite down to the roots, so as lo have fibres lo them. In this way the plants are often good and flower well. Cuttings or pipings managed in the same way also succeed well. In the latter method the more tender branches should be laid down in the summer months, water being frequently given when the weather is hot and dry. Afler they have taken root perfectly they should be separated or taken of}', and planted out where they are to remain, or in beds of light earth, to be afterwards removed, a little water being given at the time. A \'e\\ of the best should be polled in the beginning of autumn, in order to be more conveniently removed under shelter during the severity of winter. These plants should neither be kept too moist or dry, as in both situations they are liable to sustain much injury by the canker. 177 The seed for ihe culture of these plants should be collected, when perfectly ripened, from the best and most perfect flowers which have grown at a distance fiom any batl or inferior j)lants, and be kept in a dry situation. Culture in the GiUifloKer or Carnation Kind. — These plants may be raised with facility in the beds or borders of pleasure-grounds or gar- dens where the soil is moderately light and dry; but in order to have them in the greatest stiperiority and perfection, it is the practice of florists to employ a compost prepared by mixing the surface vege- table mould of old pastures witli well rotted stable-dung from old hot-beds, or neat's dung in the same state and sea-sand, in the pro- portion of a third of the former and a fourth of the latter. These ma- terials should be well blended, and lie for a considerable length of time, being frequently turned beibre they are made use of. This mould may be employed both for fdling the pots with and for form- ing the beds; and in preparing it for these purposes it should not be sifted fine, but merely well broken down and reduced l)y the spade. . , These flowers may be increased and new ones produced by seeds, which should be sown on beds formed of the above compost, or on the common borders of light fine mould, from about the middle of March to the same period in the following month, raking it in evenly to the depth of a quarter of an inch, giving slight waterisigs when necessary, to promote their vegetation. The fine sorts are likewise often sown in pots or boxes, in order that they may be readily placed so as to have only the morning sun when the season is hot and dry. After the plants are come up they should be kept clear from weeds, and be watered occasionally, and about July, when the wea- ther is moist, be taken up and pricked out in nursery-rows on beds three feet in width, setting them six inches distant, and watering them well at the time and afterwards till they have taken fresh root. At the beginning of autumn, as about September, they will have 2 A 178 allained a large growth, and require to be removed into other beds or situations for flowering, in which ihcy should be set out in rows eight or nine inches distant each way. Some place ihem in tlie (luincunx manner, as producing a better effect. In this situation ihcy should be protected in severe weather during the winter by the application of mats upon hoops placed over the beds. The culture ihey require in these beds is merely that of keeping them free from weeds, occasionally stirring the eartli between them by a hoe, and as their flower-stalks advance giving them the support of handsome sticks. They should remain in these situations till they flower, after 'which the singles should be taken out and made use of as there may be occasion, in order to afford lull room for the double sorts, the finest and most perfect of which being made stage or principal flow- ers, and the others set out in the borders; the whole being increased as there may be necessity by layering both the first and succeeding years. The layer method is that which is principally employed in in- creasing and continuing particular varieties, as being the most cer- tain. For this purpose the radical leafy shoots proceeding from the crowns of the plants, when of six or eight inches growth, are the most proper. These should be laid down into the earth about the latter end of June or beginning of the following month. The work is performed by stripping off" the leaves from the lower part of the shoot, cutting off' a little of the top, and then fixing upon a strong- joint about the middle, to slit it with a sharp knife nearly half way through in a slanting manner, so as nearly to reach the joint above, forming a sort of tongue on tiie under side of the shoot, removing the Ijark from the enlarged part or joint to promote the striking root. The mould about the root of the plant should then be stirred, and fresh added where it is wanting, forming a slight drill or opening for the branch to be gently laid down into in a horizontal manner with the cut part in the earth, the top being left out and raised a little to keep the slit open, pegging the main part of the branch down by sliort hooked slicks, drawing the earth over the cut part. When this 17.0 melliod 1ms been praclised on all llic branches, a good watering should be given to settle the mould about llicni, and iVequenllj repealed when the season is dry. When the layers thus formed have stricken good roots, which i^ mostly the case in six or eight weeks, they should be taken oil with the root-fibres as entire as possible, and after having the sticky parts about the bottom and the top leaves trinnncd oil", be j)lanled out either in pots or beds, in the latter method at six or eight inches distance, with a dibble, a good watering being innnediately given, and repeated every two days tor ten days or a fortnight till the plants become well rooted. They should be removed from these beds with balls of earth about their roots in the besinnin"- of the autumn into small pots, to have shelter during the winter, and in the eaily spring be placed in large ones for flowering; but when there is room, it is a better practice to i)lant them at once in the pots, as fretjuent trans- planting injures their growth. Some florists, however, think it benc- flcial. . The less fine sorts may at the above season be planted out in the clumps, borders, or other parts, or be left in the beds for flowering. These flowers may likewise be increased by cuttings or pipings in the manner directed belov/ in raising pinks. Jn the winter management of the plants, the line potted sort ; should about November be removed under the protection of a deep frame covered with glasses, and plunged closely together in a slight bed of old tan, dry sand, or earth. In this situation they should have a free admission of air when the weather is mild, but be covered in frost, and care should be taken that there be no stagnation of mois- ture, by the holes in the bottoms of the pots being obstructed. The flowers in the beds should be covered by mats or other con- trivances when the weather is severe at the same season. In the sjning their culture should be continued by removing those fine varieties planted out in small pots in the autunm into large ones tor flowering, and such as have remained in the nursery-beds into the borders or large pots nine or ten inches over at top, to aft'ord flowers, in each of which the business should be done by preserving 180 balls of earth about their roots, about the beginning of March or the following month. The work is performed bj closing the holes in the bottoms of the pots with pieces of oyster shells or tiles, then filling them halfway up with the earth prepared as above, placing the plants with their balls of earth in them, and filling up the vacan- cies on the sides with more fresh mould, closing it well up about the bodies of the plants so as they may stand nearly as high as the tops of the pots, giving a good watering at the time. When the plants have been thus potted they should be placed in a sheltered sunny situation in the open air, being frequenll}' refreshed with water in hot dry weather. It is the practice with some florists to plant two flowers in a large pot; but it is better as well as more convenient for layering only to have one, the plants flowering stronger and making more free shoots. In the summer treatment of the flowers the care of frecpient wa- tering should be continued when the weather is hot and droughty, and the surface mould be occasionally stirred to promote the growth and preserve neatness; and when the flower-stalks are a little ad- vanced, handsome painted sticks should be placed for their support, both in the pots and other situations, to which they should be neatly tied as they proceed in their growth. When they approach the pe- riod of flowering, the curious sorts should be removed to a stage constructed for the purposse, and provided with an awning to pro- tect them from being injured by the scorching heat of the sun in the middle of the day, and the effects of too much wet, by which they are continued much longer in beauty. Stages of this nature are formed in different methods, according to the fancy of the persons who make use of them. The following is a neat mode of constructing such apparatus: a platform is erected at the height of eighteen inches or two feet, constituted of two ranges of planks, in order to contain two rows of pots, sustained by posts in one or two rows underneath with an open-work roof five or six feet in height, covered by means of painted canvass, or some other suitable material, the whole being supported by upright posts, accord- ing to the taste of the proprietor. 181 The body of the staa,e should be neatly painted, for the purpose of effect as well as preservation. instead of these stages some make use of a sort of caps or umbrellas formed of tin or other materials, supported on stems or sticks, one for each plant; but these are neither so convenient nor aftbrd so good an effect as the former in displaying the beauties of the flowers. But whatever contrivances are made use of for the protection and display of these curious flowers, the tyingof the plants to the support- sticks should be continued as the stems advance; and some curious florists contrive to keep them erect at the tops by the use of fine wire or other similar means. And in order to procure the flowers as large and fine as possil)le, tiicy trim off' all the side-shoots from the stems, leaving only one or two of the top flower- buds to expand. When the flowers begin to open, care should be taken to prevent their bursting and expanding in an irregular manner, especially in the bursters, by making a little opening or two in the indentings at the top at equal distances in other places, by means of fine small pointed scissars. The regular expansion of the flowers ma}" likewise be much assisted, especially where one side is more expanded than the other, and they are in pots, by turning the pots, that the contrary sides may liave the full influence of the sun. Some florists likewise, to blow the curious soils as broad and fine as possible, make use of a kind of spreading, stiff", white paper collar, cut open on one side and placed round the bottoms of the flowers to expand the petals upon to the utmost extent; but the practice is not jn general advisable. • ' ' As these plants flower less perfectly as they increase in age, it is proper to provide I'resh supplies of new varieties of them annually by sowing seed obtained from the best sorts in the spring season, as directed above, and likewise to continue the most valuable double varieties by means of layering in the summer months every year, or the planting of cuttings or pipings, but the first is by much the best mode. In order to have good seed, some plants of the best and most 182 curious sorts should be preserved distinct, and suffered to flower and ripen their seed in a perfect manner, which should then be tjiken off' in the pods when the weather is dry, and, after being hardened a little, rubbed out and put up in a bag to be placed in a dry situa- tion. Culture in the Fink Kind. — All the species and varieties of these plants may be increased from seeds, and the perennial sorts likewise l)y layers, slips, cuttings, and pipings. Where the best sorts only are grown, great care should be taken, in providing the seed, that it be always had from the best and most })erfect kinds. It should be sown in the manner directed for Carnations, in the beginning of March or the following month, and the plants be ma- naged in a similar manner, only, as being more hardy in their nature, with less tenderness. The sixth species is best increased by sowing the seed on a very gentle hot-bed the beginning of April, as the vegetation is thereby nuich forwarded. When the plants appear air should be admitted freely, to prevent their drawing up weak, and when of a little growth they may be pricked out with good roots, if the weather be suitable, on a bed of light earth, at about three inches distance, proper shade and water being given. When they are of considerable growth, as about the letter end of May, they should be removed with good balls of earth about their roots, and planted where they are to remain for flowering. The layers should be laid down in the latter end of July or begin- ning of the following month, in exactly the same manner as has been directed for Carnations, giving them the same culture in every respect. Where there are large plants that spread considerably in a lateral manner, their shoots may be covered with earth in the spring to the depth of an inch or two; they will thus often take root, form good plants, and be in a state to be planted out in the beginning of the autumn. The slips of the young shoots either made from the sides of the C"' 18' principal ones or from ihc roots, so as to liavc fibres to ihem, and planted out in February or the two following months in beds of good mould to a good depth, readily take root and become good plants before the end of the summer; at which time, or in the following spring, they may be removed with good balls of earth about their roots, to the places where they are to flower. Cuttings made from the firm shoots of the same year at the Joints, to the length of three or four inches, when planted pretty deeply in a bed of very fine mould, or in large pots at the distance of an inch or two, and well watered at the time, readily grow and become plants after being transplanted into separate ])ols, or the borders where they are to flower. Pipings made by drawing out or ])reaking off the top parts of the young shoots at the joints and trimming them, by which a sort of pipe is formed, on being planted and managed in the same manner, take root and afibrd plants. In both these last methods the rooting of the shoots is greatly ])romoted by their being closely covered by bell, hand, or other sorts of glasses, and having frequent slight waterings given round the sides of them. The seed of the different best sorts should be collected in the pods in August or the following month when perfectly ripened, choosing a dry season for the purj)ose, sj)reading them out to harden and be- come dry on paper or in some other manner, after which it should be rubbed out and kept in some dry situation till it is wanted. All the tlitferenl species and varieties of these plants arc highly ornamental, and many of them curious, affording an extremely fra- grant smell. ' ' 'I'he first son in all the varieties may be made use of in the bord- ers, clumps, and other places, where they j)roduec a fine effect by the variety of their flowers in assemblage with others of similar growth. A few of the double more curious kinds may also be cultivated in pots for adorning the more consj)icuous {)laccs about the house. The second species and all ihc ditierent varieties of the Carnation 184 kind are proper ornanienlal plants for the fronts of clumps, borders, and other principal parts of gardens or ornamented grounds, where the J have a very agreeable effect from the beauty and elegance of their flowers, as well as the fragrance which they afford. The curious double sorts are mostly cultivated in pots for the con- venience of protection, and being exhibited on stages or in particular situations during the time of their blowing, as well as for the ease and facility of removal when necessary. The third sort and the different varieties of the common pink are well adapted for producing ornament in the fore parts of beds, borders, and other compartments of pleasure-grounds and gardens, both from the multiplicity of their flowers and their beauty, as well as fragrant smell. These are sometimes used for edgings, but from their spread- ing growth they require frequent cutting in. The fourth and fifth sorts may likewise be employed for the pur- pose of affording a greater variety. The sixth species is ver}^ ornamental from the fineness of the co- lour of the floweis, and the great length of time which they continue in bloom. It is observed by Martyn that the seventh species, from the ele- gance and delicious fragrance of its flowers, is deserving of being employed in all curious gardens. In the planting out the various sorts, the annual kinds are mostly disposed in patches of three or four plants in each; but the peren- nial kinds singly, as being more bushy and spreading in their growth. All the several species and varieties of these flowery plants may be brought to blow much more early by being cultivated in frames or the hot-house. ri.22. FairUed by SyJ.EJwarI> Lcndcn Iuhl.fli/d M!yUSCt) hy lUGars/eyFl^^t.^n;/ £,uir.,rcJ In-F Sanhm . PLATE XXII. 1. DODECATIIEON MEADIA MEADS DODECOTHEAN. This genus furnislics a plant of the low tlovvcring perennial kind- It belongs to the class and order Faitandria Monogt/iiia, and ranks iu the natural order of Precice. The characters are: that the calyx is a many-leaved, many-flow- ered involucre, very small: perianthium one-leafed, half five-cleft, permanent: divisions reflex, finally longer, permanent: the corolla one-pelalled, five-parted: tube shorter than the calyx: (naked at the throat) border reflex: divisions very long, lanceolate: the stamina con- sists of five filaments, very short, obtuse, seated on the tube: anthers sagittate, converging into a beak : the pistillum is a conic germ: style filiform, longer than the stamens: stigma obtuse: the pericarpium is an oblong, one-celled capsule, gaping at the tip: (subcylindric, opening into five parts): the seeds very many, and small: receptacle free, small. The only species is D. Meadea, Virginian Cowslip, or Meadea. It has a yellow perennial root, from which come out in the spring several long smooth leaves, near six inches long, and two and a half broad; at first standing erect, but afterwards spreading on the ground, especially when much exposed to the sun: from among these leaves arise two, three, or four flower-stalks, in proportion to the strength of the roots, which rise eight or nine inches high, smooth, naked, and terminated by an umbel of flowers, which are purple, inclining to a peach blossom colour. It is native of Virginia, flowering about the end of April or beginning of the ibllowing month. Culture. — The methods of propagation in this plant arc either by seeds, or off"-sets from the roots; but the last is t1ic best. '2 I! lcS6 III the fust, the seeds should be sown either in the autun^n, soon after they arc fully ripened, or in the spring, in a moist shady spot, or in pots to be placed in such situations. When the plants appear, they should be kept free from weeds, and have occasional water when the weather is dry, being shaded from the heat of the sun. When the stems decay, they may be carefully removed and planted in moist shady places, at the distance of twelve or eighteen inches, to remain till the following autumn, when they should be finally planted in the borders and other places where there are due shade and moisture. The roots may be removed, and the off-sets carefully taken off from them about the latter end of August or the following month, and immediately planted in such situations as the above, when ihej*^ will be fully established before the frosts set in. These plants are found to be hardy, but incapable of succeeding in dry soils or sunny situations. They afford ornament in the beds, borders, or other parts of pleasure-grounds. 2. DICTAMNUS A LB US. WHITE FRAXINELLA. This genus affords a plant of the herbaceous hardy flowering pe- rennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Decandria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Multisiliqua. The characters are: that the calyx is a five-leaved perianthium, very small, deciduous: leaflets oblong, acuminate: the corolla has five petals, oval-lanceolate, acuminate, with claws, unequal; of which two are bent upwards; two placed oblitjuely at the sides; one bent downwards: the stamina consist of ten subulate filaments, length of the corolla, situated between the two lateral declining petals, une- qual; small point-like glands scattered over the filaments; anthers 187 ibur-sidctl, rising upwards: ihc pislillum is ;i fivc-corncred gorm, elevated froin the rcccplacle: sljlc simple, short, bent downwards, incurved: sligina sharp, rising upwards: the pericarpium has live capsules, conjoined inwardly at the border, coni})ressed, acuminate, wilh distant tips, iwo-valved : the seeds in pairs, ovale, very smooth, Avithin a common aril, uhich is two-valved, and cut down. The species cultivated is D. albus, Fraxinella, or AVhile Dittany. It has a perennial root, striking deep into the ground, and the lie^d annually increasing in size: the stalks many, two or three feet high, round, here and there slightly grooved, sometimes subancipi- tal, not branched, at bottom green and beset with white hairs, ierru- ginous-red towards the top, with resinous glands: the leaves are alter- nate, the larger above a foot in length, spreading out horizontally, ascending towards the end; the midrib flat at top and edged on both sides, convex beneath and hairy; leaflets from two to five pairs, wilh an odd one at the end, most of them alternate, except the top pair or two, sessile or subsessile, except the end one, which is on a long winged petiole, smooth,' stiff, oblique except the end one, ovale, acute, serrate, shining on both sides, about two inches long and an inch wide; the whole somewhat resembling an Ash leaf. The flowers in a long pyramidal loose spike or raceme, nine or ten inches long, of a purplish colour: the branches of the raceme alternate, with a bracte at the foot of each, one or two-flowered ; there is also a short, lanceolate, hairy bracte to each pedicel. To each flower succeeds a fruit consisting of five compressed capsules, spreading out like the points of a star. The whole plant, especially when gently rubbed, emits an odour like that of lemon-peel, but when bruised it has something of a bal- samic scent. It is a native of Germany, flowering here at the end of May. There are varieties with while flowers, wilh red and jnnple striped, and wilh short spikes of flowers. Culinre. 'I'hese plants may be increased by sowing llie seeds in the l)eds, borders, or other })arls of j)leasure-grounds or gardens where the plants are to remain, in the beginning of the autumn soon 188 , , af'ler they become ripe, or in the spring; but the former is the best season, as the plants rise stronger and with more certainty. The plants should afterwards be kept perfectly clear from weeds, and have their stems cut down and cleared away every year in the au- tumn, as well as the earth dug round them in the early spring. Some, however, advise the roots of the plants in the first autumn to be taken up and planted out in small beds at six or eight inches distance each way, to stand two or three years till they are strong enough to flower, when they are to be carefully taken up in the au- tumn, and placed where they are to remain. They continue for a great length of time, and require little culture except that of being kept free from weeds, and trimmed as above in the autumn. They are plants well suited to the middle parts of beds, borders, clumps, and other parts of ornamented grounds. L/'^.i ■^ (^r,<(/ ('/<'/" J/n/N, / ■ - PLATE XXIII. 1. ECHINOPS SPILEROCEPHALUS. GREAT GLOBE THISTLE. This genus contains plants of the hardy, licrbaceous, perennial and annual kinds. It belongs to the class and order Sijngenesia Polygamia Segregata, and ranks in the natural order of Composite Capitatce. The characters are: that the calyx is common, many - leaved, Avith scales subulate, totally reflected, containing many flowers : perian- thiuni partial one-flowered, oblong, imbricate, cornered : leaflets subulate, loose above, upright, permanent: the corolla one-petallcd, length of the calyx, tubular; border five-cleft, reflex, spreading: the stamina consist of five capillary filaments, very short: anthers cylin- dric, tubular, five-toothed: the pistillum is an oblong germ: style filiform, length of the corolla: stigma double, somewhat depressed, rolled back: there is no pericarpium: calyx unchanged, larger: the seed single, ovate-oblong, narrower at the base, with obtuse tip: the down obscure; the receptacle common globose and bristly. The species cultivated are: 1. E. spharoceplialus. Great Globe Thistle; 2. E. vitro, Small Globe Thistle; 3. E. strigosiis, Annual Globe Thistle. The first has a perennial root. The stalks many, fovu- or five feet high. The leaves long and jagged, divided into many segments al- most to the midrib, the jags ending in spines; they are of a dark- green on their upper side, but woolly on their under. There are several globular heads of flowers on each stalk. The florets are com- monly blue, but sometimes while. These come out in July, and the seeds ripen in August. It is a native of France, &c. It varies with white flowers. 190 The second species has a perennial creeping root, sending up several stroii,fv 11'///,' ir //,/■/> 190 20. E. cmpetrifolia. Crow Berry-leaved Heath; 21. E. capitata, WooWy Heatli; 22. E. ttibifiora. Tube-flowered Heath; 23. E. conspkua, Long-lubed Yellow Heath; 24. E. ceiinthiotlcs, Honeywort-flowered Heath; 25. E. comosa, TiifKid-flowered Healli ; 26. E. 7rinsmu, Tall Downy Heath; 27. E. Plnkcnctii, Sinooth-t\vig<2;ed Pencil-floweicd Heath; 28. E. Petiveri, J)owny-twio(Ted Peneil-flowered Heath; 29. E. herhacea. Early-flowered Dwarf Heath; 3(). E. grandijiora. Great- flowered Heath. Thrie are many other species equally deserving of cultivation. The first has shrubby stems, from nin(^ to twelve inches high, branched, l)rown, somewhat rugged from the remains of the leaves which have fallen of!': branches a little woolly: the leaves are com- monly in fours, but sometimes in fives, ovate-linear, spreading, near the flowers pressed close to the stem, the edges turned in and ciliated, each hair terminating in a small round gland; the upper surface is flat, the lower concave and while: flowers haniiino; down one over another all one way. It is a native of the northern parts of Europe, flowering in July and August; but according to Linnaeus, twice iu the year. , It is not inferior to many of the foreign heaths in the beauty and delicacy of its flowers. 'I'his is distinguished from the other British heaths, not only by the flowers growing in a kind of pendulous clus- ter on the tops of the stalks, but by the leaves growing in fours, and forming a sort of cross. The second species has a perennial woody root: the stems shrubby, about a foot high, with opposite branches: the bark ash- coloured: the leaves are linear, fleshy, spreading; above smooth and shining, transversely wrinkled; towards the end beset with a lew scattered hair-like points; beneath having a longitudinal furrow, which is white from a woolliness apparent to the magnifier; the edge somewhat membranaceous, and when viewed with the microscope appearing serrulate: the leaves, when young, have three flat sides, but when full grown are nearly flat: the flowers are in long clustered whorls terminating in spikes, of a deep purple colour, sonorous when struck; ihcy come out from ihe sides of the young shoots; those 196 from the end-shoots being near each other, but scattered and bare; those from the small lateral branches generally in pairs. It is a native of the middle parts of Europe, flowering from June to August. The third has twisted, trailing stems: the branches between scored and singular, light reddish brown ; the more slender shoots ash-coloured, all lateral, to seven or more rising from the same point in the manner of an umbel; when begmning to flower, gradually tapering towards the end: the leaves are linear, somewhat like those of fir, bowed sideways, smooth, but iiot glossy, somewhat pointed, when magnified appearing to have distant serratures on the edge, which is bent in; upper surface green, slightly elevated in the middle; under whitish, convex, with a smooth furrow running along it, longer, and sometimes thrice as long as the corolla, and crowded so close as to conceal the younger shoots: the flowers roundish, on long slender peduncles, from the sides of the blanches, beginning from below the middle, and extending to the ends, continuing on, in the cultivated plants, till the next season. It is a native of Britain. The fourth species is an upright shrub, growing to the height of six feet, with upright branches covered with a white nap: the leaves are very abundant, upright, smooth, almost awl-sha]:)ed, covering the branches, wrinkled when dry: the flowers very numerous, on the middle of the branches, so that the later leaves are above them; they are on branching peduncles, forming a panicle. It is a native of the South of Europe, flowering from Fcl)ruary to May. The fifth is an upright rigid shrub, with an ash-coloured bark: the leaves are in threes or fours, linear, obtuse, somewhat rugged on the edge: the flowers terminating, two or three, subsessile. It is a native of Spain, flowering in April and May. The sixth species has the stem the height of a man: the leaves are in fours or fives, spreading, obtuse, gibbous at the base: the flowers purplish. It is a native of the South of Europe, flowering from June to November. The seventh has the branches whitish, and angular: the leaves are in fours, seldom in fives, and even: the flowers lateral, and of a 197 purple colour, simple, coloured, lanceolale, acute, shorter by halt' tlian the corolla: style twice as long as the corolla: stigma enlirely simple : it resembles the multifiora, but the corolla is absolutely ovate; the branches angular and while. It is a native of the South of Europe, flowering from ]\larch to ISTay. In the eighth species the stem is subdivided into narrow l^ranchcs: the leaves pressed close, almost imbricate, opposite, blunt, grooved underneath, a line in length: the flowers arc on the extreme branch- lets, one, two, or three together, and upright, of a yellow colour. The whole plant being covered with shining golden or silvery flowers is very beautiful and ornamental. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. It varies with yellow or white flowers. The ninth is a lofty shrub with purplish branches: the branchlets subtomentose and Avhite: the leaves crowded very much, even, rug- ged about the edge. But, according to Thunberg, the stem is smooth, rugged, brown, flexuose, decumbent, strict, a span high: the branches alternate, divaricate, like the stem: the leaves in threes, lanceolate, acute, smooth, flat above, convex beneath, with a slcMider groove, spread- ing. It is a native of the Cape of Cood Hope, flowering in INTay and June. It is distinguished from the other sorts by the size of the flowers. In (he tenth the stem is erect, pubescent leafless, two feet high: the branches scattered, frequent, spreading, covered with leaves, very short, simple: the leaves in threes, ovate, obtuse, Convex beneath, with a longitudinal groove, flat above, entire, imbricate, smooth, scarcely a line in length: the flowers solitary, nodding, on puijcsccnt reflex peduncles large and white. It is a native of Africa. This is one of the most beautiful plants of this beautiful genus. . ' The eleventh species has a frulescent stem, delerminately branch- ed, with white, awl-shaped, decurrent lines under the scars of the leaves; which are linear, even, pressed close, scarcely longer than the interstices: the flowers terminating, subumbelled, on peduncles the length of the flowers. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. In the twelfth the sleni is fluxuose-erecl, ash-coloured, two feet Ijii'h: the branches opposite, or in threes, cinereous-villose, wand- hke: branchlets fihtbrm, scattered, frequent, wand-hke: the leaves are in threes, linear-lanceolate; beneath grooved from the revolute margins, tomentose-whitish, from erect spreading, curved a little: the flowers flesh-coloured. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, flowering in May and June. It varies with Jiowers very hirsute and hairy, red, and whitish flesh-coloured. The thirteenth species has the leaves three-fold oval, downy-white underneath: the flowers ovate, conic. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. In the fourteenth the branches are round and smooth; branchlets pubescent: the leaves linear-awl-shaped, grooved, spreading, half an inch long, on appressed petioles scarcely half a line in length: the flowers axillary, and of a deep red colour. It is a native of the Cape, flow'Cring at various seasons. The fifteenth species has the branches filiform, ramentaceous, long, ferruginous: the leaves very narrow, upright, pressed close: the flowers umbelled, of a purple colour. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, flowering in July. The sixteenth has the stem shrubby, smoothish, with pubescent branches: the leaves linear, obtuse, erect, channelled underneath, the length of the joints, hispid or subscabrous: the flowers are um- belled, dispersed on the upper twigs, and of a flesh colour. It is a native of the Cape, flowering from February to May. The seventeenth has a brown stem, smooth below, hispid at top, erect, a foot high: the branches dichotomous, brown at bottom, and smooth, above ash-coloured, hirsute, erect, fastigiate: branchlets scat- tered all over the branches, filiform, frequent, hairy-rough, wand-like: the leaves are linear-subulale, entire, smooth, flat above, convex be- neath, with a very slender groove, incurved, from erect spreading : the flowers solitary, or two or three together, on very short drooping peduncles, ash-coloured, tomentose. It is a native of the Cape. The eighteenth species has an erect stem, branched: the leaves 199 linear, bhinlisli, rugged on the edge, longer than the iulernodes, on white petioles: the Howers terminating, in threes, or thereabouts, nod- ding, the size of a pea, on purjile peduncles, with alternate, remote, tlesh-coloured bractes. It is a native of the Cape, Uowering in April and May. The nineteenth has a shrubby, compound stem: ilic leaves linear, smooth: the flowers terminating, sessile, ola pui])!c colour. It is a native of the Cape, flowering in August. The twentieth species has a brown, rugged stem, a foot high: the branches in whorls, like the stem, flexuose-erect; branchlets tricholo- mous and dichotomous, like the branches: the leaves in sixes, ob- long, obtuse, incurved, above three-cornered, flat, beneath grooved, rugged, especially underneath, very finely ciliatc, ind)ricate, a line in lenolh: the flowers agiiregale, in wlioils, in the middle and at the ends of the branchlets of a blood-red colour. It flowers in April and May. Tlie twenty-first species has the stem seldom erect, commonly decumbent, smooth, flexuose, filiform : the branches filiform, flexuose, villose: branchlets capillary, frequent, tomentose : the leaves ovate, spreading, rough, with long hairs: the flowers at the ends of the ex- treme branchlets, peduncled, one, two, or three togethei-, the whole cah'xes covered close with a white wool. The twenty-second has the leaves linear, even the ujiper ones, ciliated the flowers terminating, solitar}^ sessile, of a purple colour. The twenty-third species has the leaves four-fold, smooth, and long yellow flowers. It flowers from May lo August, The twenty-fourth has the branches compound: the leaves ob- long, convex, even, grooved underneath, ciiiate, with spinules: the flowers large, heaped on the side into a sort of head, sessile, jud^es- cent: calyx rough, with white hairs, as it were doubled: the corolla bright blood red, rough with white hairs, having the mouth obscurely four-cleft. It is a native of the Cape, flowering most part of the year. The Iwenty-fiflh species has the branches heaped above the flowers: fhe leaves linear, bluntish, erect: the flowers heaped, lateral, below the top of ihe stalk. It is a native of the Cape. 200 'J'hc twenty-sixth species has shrubby fiUfomi stems, covered all round wiih leaves: the leaves in fours, imbricate m eight rows, very short, elliptic, crowded, obtuse, ciliate, so that they appear villose: the flowers red, in a terminating sessile head. It is a native of the Cape. The twenty-seventh has the leaves linear and crowded: the flowers peduncled, and nodding. It is a native of the Cape. The twenty-eiglith species is a brown shrub: the branches covered Avilh branchlets in threes, crowded, very short, pubescent, clothed Avith squarrosc loaves; which are also crowded, alw-shaped, sub- trigonal, somewhat rugged at the edge, patulous, or standing out at the lip ; the flowers solitar}^, at the ends of the branchlets, drooping, on a short, pubescent peduncle, of a red colour. It is a native of tlie Cape, flowering fiom January to March. The twenty-ninth species is a small shrub, from a foot to eighteen inches in height, decumbent at bottom, then upright, branched, flex- ible: the ]ea\cs are almost covering the whole stem, deciduous, re- sembling those of the fir, thickish, having a prominent nerve, narrow, very sharp, smooth : the flowers at the tops of the branchlets, on short peduncles, alternate, among the leaves: they come out in autumn, continue closed during winter, and are then green; in May the 3'ear following the flowers are unfolded; the anthers which were inclosed are protruded, the calyx and corolla, opening, are both changed into a pale purple or flesh-colour. It is a native of y\ustria. The thirtieth species has the leaves linear, four-folded: the flowers large and yellow. It is a native of the Cape, flowering from May to July. Culture. — These elegant plants must be treated in different me- thods, according to their nature. The first three Urilish sorts are capable of being propagated by sowing the seeds, either in the places where they are to remain, or in pots filled with jiealy earth in either the autumn or spring seasons, but this is a tedious practice. The best method is, to take them up from the places where they grow naturally in the early autumn, with good balls of earth about their roots, planting them again imme- diately where they are to grow. 201 They succeed best where the soil is of the peaty or moory kiiul, and where it has not been enriched by manure; and as they protrude their roots chiefly near the surfVice, it shouki be as httle dug about them as possible. The four following sorts may be increased in the same manner as the former; but the best practice is by layers, cuttings, or slips, which should be laid down or planted out in pots filled wilh boggy earth, either in the early spring or the latter end of summer, plunging them in a moderate hot-bed, giving them proper shade and water. When they have taken full root, they should be removed wilh balls of earth about them into separate pots, being replaced in the hot-bed till they become well established, when they will be capable of bear- ing the open air in mild weather. All the other species may be increased either by cuttings or layers, but most of them by the former. The cuttings should be made from the best young shoots, and be planted in the spring season in pots filled with a composition of light boggy and loamy earth, being placed in the hot-bed, and covered with bell-glasses, and duely shaded from the sun, slight waterings being given when necessary; the layers are best made in the autumn, being managed in the same way. When the plants are perfectly rooted, they may be removed into separate pots filled with the same sort of earth, and placed in the dry, stove or green-house, where many of the plants nmst constantly be kept. The ninth, twentieth, and twenty-sixth species must, however, be raised by layers, as they have not yet been increased by planting their cuttings. When seeds are made use of in producing these plants, they should be sown in pots filled wilh the above sort of earth, in the early spring, and plunged in the hot-bed of the stove. When the plants have acquired a few inches growth, they should be removed into single pots with a little earth about their roots, and be rcplungcd in the hot-bed in the stove, being preserved in it, or the warmest part of the green-house, during the winler. 2 D 202 The lirst three sorts aflford an agreeable variety in the borders and clumps, as they continue long in flower. The four following kinds are likewise hardy, and afford variety among other potted plants in the open air during the summer. The other species are ijiore tender, but produce an agreeable effect among the stove and green-house collections, from the great beauty and continuance of the flowers in many of the sorts. 2, EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM. ROSE-BAY WILLOW-HERB. This genus contains a plant of the herbaceous, flowery, peren- nial kind. It belongs to the class and order Octandria Moiiogi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of Calycanthenice. The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium, four-parted, superior; divisions oblong, acuminate, coloured, deci- duous : the corolla has four roundish petals, outwardly wide!', emar- ginate, expanding, inserted into the divisions of the calyx: the sta- mina consist of eight subulate filaments; the alternate ones shorter: anthers oval, compressed, obtuse: the pistillum is a cylindric germ, extremely long, inferior: style filiform : stigma four-cleft, thick, ob- tuse, rolled back : the pericarpium is an extremely long capsule, cylindric, streaked, four-celled, four-valved: the seeds numerous ob- long, crowned with down: receptacle extremely long, four-cornered, free, flexile, and coloured. The species cultivated is E. angustifoUum, Narrow-leaved or Rose- bay Willow-herb. It has a creeping root. The stem is upright, from three to six feet high, branched at top, round, and pubescent; the branches alter- nate. The leaves alternate, running slightly down the stem, smooth. 203 llie edge minutely and rarely indented, the midrib wliilish : the la- teral nerves are nearly at right angles with this; and the leaves at their first appearance are rolled in at the edge. The flowers are purple, showy, growing in a kind of long spike, on purple peduncles, the length of the germ, bending down before the flowers open, but afterwards erect; seldom more than lour or five blow to«rether on the same spike. From the great similitude of the leaves to those of willow, it has obtained the name of AViilow-herb, or French Willow. There is a variety with white flowers. Culture. — It is readily increased by dividing its creeping roots, and planting portions of them out in moist shady situations Avhere they are to remain, in either the autumn or early spring. The plants may also be raised by sowing the seeds in the same situations. The plants afterwards require only to be kept within proper limits. They are well suited to shady situations, and for covering rock- work. PLATE XXV. 1. FRITILLARIA IMPERIALIS. CROWN IMPERIAL. This genus comprises plants of the bulbous-rooted perennial flowery kind. It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Corojiaria'. The characters are : that there is no calyx ; the corolla is six- petalled, bell-shaped, spreading at the base: petals oblong, parallel: nectary an excavation or pit in the base of each petal: the stamina have six subulate filaments, approximating to the style, the length of the corolla: anthers quadrangular, oblong, erect: the pistillum is an oblong germ, three-cornered, obtuse: style simple, longer than the stamens: stigma triple, spreading, blunt: (style trifid, with three stig- mas:) the pericarpium is an oblong capsule, obtuse, ihree-lobed, three-celled, three-valved (superior): the seeds very many, flat, semi- orbicular on the outside, in a double row. The species are: 1. J^. meleagris, Common Fritillary, or Che- quered Lily; 2. F. pyrenaica, Black Fritillary; 3. F. imperialis. Im- perial Fritillary, or Crown Imperial; 4. -F. Persica, Persian Fritillary, or Persian l-ii\y. In the first the root is a solid bulb or tuber, about the size of a hazel nut, white or yellowish white, roundish, compressed, divisible into several, enclosed by the withered wrinkled bulb of the preceding year as in a case. The stem from six to twelve, fifteen, and even eighteen inches in height, advancing considerably in length after flowering; it comes out from the side of the root, is simple, upright, round, smooth, glaucous, and not unfrequenlly purplish: the leaves rud f.>,>,l^^ tySy,fi:d»,y,l I ..-n.L-v PuI'M,,^ .^,^-'1 ISflfi by. G.KfH rslfv FtM Strut JU/./niy^ h FJhiAm, hi////ii rni / t/tpt'riff/t.v _ Funnf//r/ fr/ /v/ ( /V'/iV/ "/' i/i/f /////I'H' /■(i('/f)/ f // n/ //t'/w 205 three or four, sometimes five or six, grass-like, distantly alternate, half embracing, round on the under, and iiollow on the upper side, somewhat twisted and glaucous: the flower usually single, sometimes two, or even three, on the top of the stem, large, pendulous, at first somewhat pyramidal, but afterwards bell-shaped, chequered with purple and white, or purple and greenish yellow. It is a native of the southern countries of Europe, flowering in April and May. There are numerous varieties; the chief are, the Common Pur- ple, -the Blood Red, the Great Purple or Red, the White, the Double Blush, the Pure Yellow, the Chequered Yellow, the Great Yellow Italian, the Small Italian, the Small Portugal Yellow, the Black, and the Spanish Black. The second species has a double fleshy bulbous root: the leaves are broader, and of a deeper green than in the first; the lower leaves are opposite, but those above alternate: the stem a foot and half high, terminated by two flowers of an obscure yellow colour, and spreading more at the brim than those of the first sort, but turned downwards in the same manner. It flowers three weeks alter it; and is a native of France. The third has a large round scaly root of a yellow colour, and a strong foxy odour: the stalk rises to the height of four feet or up- wards: it is strong, succulent, and garnished two-thirds of the length on every side with long narrow leaves ending in points, which are smooth and entire: the upper part of the stalk is naked, a foot in length: the flowers come out all round the stalk upon short foot- stalks, which turn downward, each sustaining one large flower. Above these rises a spreading tuft of green leaves, which are erect and called the Coma. It flowers the beginning of April, and the seeds ripen in July. The chief varieties are; those with yellow flowers, with large flowers; and with double flowers; but that which has two or three whorls of flowers above each other makes the finest appearance, though it seldom produces its flowers after this manner the first year after removing. The fourth species lias a large round root : the stem three feet 206 high, the lower part closely garnished on every side with leaves, which are three inches long and half an inch broad, of a gray colour, and twisted obliquely: the flowers are in a loose spike at the top, forming a pyramid; shorter than the other sorts, spreading wider at the brim, and not bent down; of a dark purple colour; appearing in May. They seldom produce seeds in this climate. There is a varietv which has a much shorter stem and smallei leaves ; the stem branches out at the top into several small pedun- cles, each sustaining one dark-coloured flower. It is termed Dwarf Persian laly. ; Culture. — The common mode of propagation in all these plants is by oft-sets from the sides of their roots, separated every second or third year; the proper time for which is when their flower-stalks de- cay, taking the whole root up entirely, and separating them into distinct roots, then planting the smaller ofl-sets by themselves in nursery-beds, to remain a year or two, to acquire a flowering state; and the larger roots, where they are to remain for flowering. They are likewise capable of being propagated by seed; but this is principally practised for new varieties; and the process is tedious; the Fritillary and Persian Lily being three years, and the Crown Im- perial sometimes six or seven, before they flower in perfection. The seeds may be sown in the beginning of autumn, in large wide pots, or in boxes of similar width, filled with light mellow earth, each sort separate, covering them evenly with fine earth half an inch deep, placing the pots, &c. to have only the morning sun all summer, or during hot dry weather, and in the full sun in winter and spring: the plants will appear in the spring, which, after the first or second year's growth, when the leaves decay in summer, may be taken up, and the whole planted immediately in nursery-beds, in shallow drills four inches asunder, to remain till they flower. They are all hardy, and highly ornamental plants for the borders, clumps, and other parts; the fourth sort being set backwards, the third in the middle, and the others forwards. 207 2. F U M A R I A CAVA. HOLLOW-ROOTED FUMITORY. This genus contains plants of the tuberous-rooted low flowery perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia Hexandria, and ranks in the natural order of Co;;yrfa/es. The characters are: that the calyx is a two-leaved perianthium: leaflets opposite, equal, lateral, erect, acute, small, deciduous: the corolla oblong, tubular, ringent, palate prominent, closing the throat: upper lip flat, obtuse, emarginate, reflex : the nectary the base of the upper lip prominent backward, obtuse: the lower lip entirely similar to the upper, keeled towards the base: nectary the keeled base, but in this less prominent: the throat four-cornered, obtuse, perpendicularly bifid: the stamina consist of two ecpial filaments, broad, one within each lip, enclosed, acuminate: anthers tjuee at the end of each filament: the pistillum is an oblong, compressed germ, acuminate: style short: stigma orbiculate, erect, compressed: the pericarj)ium is a one-celled silicle: the seeds are roundish. The species are: F. cucullaria.^ Naked-stalked Fumitory; 2. F. sempervirens, Glaucous Fumitory ; 3. F. luteo, Yellow Fumitory ; 4. F. capnoides. White-flowered Fumitory. The first has a scaly root, the size of a large hazel-nut: the flower- stalk is eight or nine inches high: the root-leaves are in pairs, triter- nate, gashed, smooth, slender; with red petioles: the scape simple, round, length of the leaf, rufous : the raceme terminating, simple ; the flowers (four or five) pendulous; of a dull white colour. It is a native of Virginia. Perennial, flowering in June and Jul}'. The second species is annual: the stem upright, a foot and half liigh, round, and very smooth, sending out several branches at top: the leaves smooth, branching, pale, divided like the common sort. 208 . but the leaflets larger and more obtuse : the flowers in loose pant- cles from the sides of the stem and at the extremities of the branches, of a pale purple colour, with yellow chaps or lips: the pods are taper, narrow, an inch and half long, containing many small black, shining seeds. It flowers during summer, and is a native of North America. In the third, the root strikes deep into the ground: the stems are many, succulent, diffused, about six inches high: the leaves on long branching petioles, composed of many irregular leaflets, trifid at the top: peduncles axillary, naked, longer than the leaves, supporting eight or nine flowers, of a bright yellow colour, in a loose spike: the leaves continue green all the year, and the flowers in succession from April to October. It is very like the fourth species, but is peren- nial; and according to Miller, the stalks have blunt angles, are of a purplish colour; and the flowers grow in a looser panicle, on longer pedicles. It is a native of Barbary. Tiic fourth is annual: the stem four-cornered at the base: the leaves superdecompound, the terminating leaflets larger, and semi- trifid ; the middle segment lobed; petioles three-cornered: the ra- cemes naked: pedicles shorter by half than the corollas, blackish at the tip. There is a succession of the flowers from May to October. It is a native of the South of Europe. Culture. — The first sort of these plants may be readily increased, by planting off-sets from the roots in a light soil, in a shady situation, in the beginning of autumn, as soon as the stems begin to decay. The other sorts may be raised by sowing the seeds where the plants are to grow, as soon as they become perfectly ripened. The only culture they demand afterwards is, that of keeping them free from weeds. They are all very ornamental in the fore parts of clumps, borders, and other parts of pleasure-grounds. Pi'2b: T,„.nh-Jk .fy,l'yJ./--":/.r (r, V/ // ^/ /// 7 ^/f y{ I' ('-I' TJZ/ .,, rnhhUl ' W i-mV! I., ,.A-.»:.V.v-7>V/ ./-A.,.. L'r/vr /7rw,'/-,;/ Cn'/z/it/ 1/ Glyci //f r// h 7 en f//^'' ^ Dincy-flrwi'mf (r(vrr//t'. PLATE XXVI. 1. GENT! ANA ACAULIS. LARGE-FLOWERED GENTIAN. Tins genus of plants is of the hardy hcibaceous perennial liowery kind. It belongs to the class and order renta/ulria Digij/tia, and ranks in the natural order of liotacctr. The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianthiuin, sharp: divisions oblong, permanent: the corolla has one petal, tubu- lar at bottom, imperforate, at top five-cleft, flat, withering, various in form: the stamina have five filaments, subulate, shorter than the co- rolla : anther simple: the pistillum is an oblong germ, cylindric, length of the stamens: styles none: stigmas two, ovate : (germ supe- rior; style simple, or two sessile stigmas:) the pcricarpium is an oblong capsule, columnar, acuminate, slightly bifid at the tip, one- celled; two-valved: the seeds numerous, small, fixed all round to the walls of the capsule: receptacles two, each fastened longitudinally to a valve. The species cultivated are: 1. G. lutea. Yellow Gentian; 2. G. punctata. Spotted-flowered Gentian ; 3. G. asckpiadea. Swallow- wort-leaved Gentian; 4. G. acnulis. Dwarf Gentian, or Gentianella. The first has a thick root, of a yellowish brown colour, and very bitter taste : the lower leaves are pelioled, oblong-ovate, a little pointed, stiff, yellowish green, having five large veins on the back, and plaited: the stem three or four feet high or more, with a pair of leaves at each joint, sessile or almost embracing, of the same form with the lower ones, but diminishing gradually to the top: the flowers arc in whorls at the upper joints. It is a native of Switzerland, flowering in June and July. 2 E 210 * Tlie second species has the leaves ovale, elongated, and strict: the calyxes shallow, and in form of a basin, the calycine teeth nar- row, sharp, and not very leafy: the corolla is of a papery substance, extremely thin, of a dull and very pale greenish straw-colour, Avith very minute dots thickly and irregularly scattei'ed over it: the seg- ments of the border commonly seven, sometimes eight, but very sel- dom six, always shorter, narrower, contiguous, rounded, blunt, with- out any auricles at the base; and finally the bellying of the corolla is blunter and almost the same over the whole bell. It is a native of Austria. Tlie third has the stem upright near a foot high : the leaves smooth, about two inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad at the base, embracing there, and ending in an acute point; they are of a fine green, have five longitudinal veins, joining at both ends, but diverging in the middle, and diminish in size as they are nearer the top: the flowers are in pairs opposite, on short peduncles; prelty large, bell shaped, and of a fine blue colour. It is a native of Switz- erland, flowering in July and August. The fourth species has a large woody branched root: a set of ovate-lanceolate leaves spreads on the surface: the stem from one to three inches in height, with one or two pairs of leaves on it, and ter- minated by one very large, upright, handsome flower (in the garden, when the plants are strong, there are sometimes more,) which is of a deep azure blue, dotted on llie inside. It is a native of Austria. Culture. — ^The three first sorts are easily raised, by sowing the seed in pots soon after it is ripe, as when kept till the spring it will not succeed: the pots should be placed in a shady situation, and kept clean from weeds. Some advise their being sown where they are to remain, but the first is probably the best method. In the spring the plants appear, when they must be duly watered in dry weather, and kept clean from weeds till the following autumn; then be carefully shaken out of the pots, so as not to break or injure their roots; and a shady border of loamy earth should be well dug and 211 * . ~ prepared to receive them, into which the}' should ])e put al about six inches distance each wa}^ the tops of the roots being kept a hlllc below the surface of the ground, and the earth pressed close to the roots. If the following spring prove dry, they should be duly watered, to forward iheir growth. The plants may remain here two years, by which time they will be fit to transplant where they arc designed to grow, removing them in the autunm, as soon as their leaves decay, great care being taken in digging them up, not to cut or break their roots, as that greatl}' weakens them. They require afterwards no other culture, but to dig the ground about them early in the spring before they begin to shoot, and in the summer to keep them clean from weeds. The roots continue many years, but the stalks decay every autumn; the same roots not flowering two years together, or seldom oflener than every third. When they flower strong, they have, however, a line aj)pearance. The first is mostly propagated by ofl-sets or parting the roots, and planting them where they are to lemain in the early autumn ; but in order to have the plants flower well, they must not be often transplanted or parted. They are also capable of being raised from seeds managed as the first sorts. They all succeed the most perfectly in moist loamy soils, where there is a degree of shade. All the sorts are useful as ornamental plants, for the various clumps, borders, and (piartcrs of pleasure-grounds ; those of low growth being planted towards the fronts, and the latter kinds more backward. 212 ^2, GLYCINE RUBICUNDA. DINGY-FLOWERED GLYCINE. This genus contains plants of the shrubby climbing kind. It belongs to the class and order Diadelpliia Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of PapUionacea. The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed, compressed perianlhium : nioulh two-lipped: upper lip cmarginate, obtuse: lower longer, trifid, acute: the middle tooth more produced: the corolla is jjapilionaceous: banner obcordate, the sides bent down, the back gibbous, the tip cmarginate, straight, rej)elled from the keel: wings oblong, towards the tip ovate, small, bent downwards: keel linear, sickle-shaped, bent upwards, at the tip pressing the banner upwards, obtuse, towards the tip broader: the stamina have diadelphous filaments (simple and nine-clefl), only a little divided at the tip, rolled back: anthers simple: the pistillum is an oblong germ: style cylindric, rolled back in a spiral: stigma obtuse: peri- carpium an oblong legume: the seeds kidney-form. The species are: 1. G. fnitesceiis. Shrubby Glycine, or Carolina Kidney-bean Tree; 2. G. bimaculata. Two-spotted Glycine; 3. G. ruhicunda. Reddish-flowered Glycine; 4. G. cocciiiea, Scarlet Gly- cine. The first has woody stalks, which twist themselves together, and also twine round any trees that grow near, and will rise to the height of fifteen feet or more. The leaves are in shape somewhat like those of the ash-tree, but have a greater number of leaflets. The flowers are produced in clusters from the axils, and are of a purple colour. They are succeeded by long cylindrical legumes, shaped like those of the Scarlet Kidney-bean, containing several seeds, which are never per- fected in this climate. It flowers from June to September. 213 The second species rises with a twining shrubby stalk to the height of six or eight feet and more; mullipljing greatly by age, becoming loaded with a profusion of purple tlowers growing in ra- cemes; the richness of the coroHa is enlivened by two green spots at the base of the banner. For the most part the Mowers go oil" in this climate without producing any seed-vessels. Jt begins to tlowcr ni February, and continues during the sununcr. iL is a native ot Eo- tany Bay. : ■ - > The third has a shrul)by, slender, twining steui, five or six feet higli and more, red, branched, leafy. The leaves ternate, on pe- tioles from an inch to two inches in length, channelled above, round underneath: leadcls ovate or elliptic, (piite enlir.-, tli<> two side-ones on very short petioles, the end one on a petiole half an inch in length, bendino-and swcllino- immediately under the leallci, and hav- ing there a pair of deciduous stipules. Almost the whole plant is covered with hairs pressed close. The tlowers are of a purplish-scarlet colour. It is a native of New South Wales, flowering from April to June. The fourth is a shrubby climbing plant, growing to the height of many feet, if supported, and producing a great number of flowers on its pendent branches. The leaflets nearly round, and in the older ones especially curled at the edges. The flowers for the most part in pairs, of a glowing scarlet colour, at the base of the keel somewhat inclined to purple; the bottom of the banner is decorated with a large yellow spot, verging to green. It flowers from April to June, and is a native of New South Wales. CuHure,— \\\G first sort is increased by laying down the young branches in the early autumn. When well rooted in the Ibllowing autumn, they may be taken olT and planted wlure they are to re- main, or in nursery-rows, being watered when the weather is hot, and the roots protected in the winter by some sort of strawy ma- terial. They succeed best in dry warm light soils. The other sorts may be raised by sowing the seeds, when they can be obtained from abroad or produced here, in pots of light 214 earth, in the early spring, being afterwards removed into other pots, and placed in the green-house or Cape stove. Mr. Curtis, how- ever, suggests that the two last may succeed in the open air, when planted out in warm sheltered situations, and protected in the winter season. They are all ornamental in their flowery climbing nature; the first in the open ground, and the latter in the green-house and stove collections. ri.'a ■ ,„/:, / h JyJ E.U,rM L.-nivn Puili/L-J. Td 1 lA r M GKca ndc v Th.-t Sir.,; En^irar^J h FSmUcm. PLATE XXVII. 1. HELLEBORUS VIRIDIS. GREEN HELLEBORE. Tins genus contains planls of the herbaceous perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Poh/amlria Fohjgynia, and ranks in the natural order o^ MultisUiqiue. The characters are: that there is no calyx, unless tlie corolhi, which in some species is permanent, be considered as such: the corolla has five petals, roundish, blunt, large: nectaries several, very short, placed in a ring, one-lealbd, tubuhir, narrower at bottom : mouth two-Hpped, upright, emarginate, the inner lip shortest : the stamina consist of numerous subulate filaments: anthers colTipressed, narrower at bottom, upright: the pistillum consists of about six germs, compressed: styles subulate: stigmas thickish: (five or more:) the pericarpium consists of capsules (leguminous, beaked) compress- ed, two-keeled: the lower keel shorter; the upper convex, gaping: the seeds several, round, and fixed to the suture. The species cultivated are : 1. H. hjemalh. Winter Hellebore, or Yellow Winter Aconite; 2. H.mgei; Black Hellebore, or Christmas Rose; 3. H.virid/s, Crcen Hellebore; 4. H.foctklus, Stinking Helle- bore, or Bear's-foot; 5. H. lividus, Livid Turple, or Great Three- flowered Black Hellebore. The first has a tuberous transverse root, with many dependent fibres, putting up several naked stems or scapes, simple, smooth, round, from an inch or two to four inches in height, terminated by a sin'de leaf, spreading out horizontally in a circle, divided imo five parts almost to the base, and the parts simple, or divided into two, three, or four lobes. Li the bosom of this sits one large, u])right. 216' yellow flower. It is native of Lombardj, and flowers with us from January to March. The seconcf has transverse roots, externally rough and knotted, Avith many dependent hbres, and some large roots striking down; the scapes from six inches to near a foot in length, round, upright, varic- "ated with red, risins; from a sheath, and terminated usually with one flower, sometimes two, and very rarely three: corolla very large, generally white at first, but frecpiently with a tint of red, growing deeper with age, but finally becoming green. It is a native of Italy, ~ AhJuf F/ u/,-.f PLATE XXVIII. 1. HEMEROCALLIS FULVA. TOWN LILY. This genus contains plants of the herbaceous flou'eiy perennial kinds. It belongs to the class and order llcxandria Moiiogijiiia, and ranks in the natui'al order of Liliacca. The characters are: that there is no caly.x: the corolla is six- parted, bell-funnel-forni: tube short: border eciual, sjireading, more reflex at top: the stamina have six subulate filaments, the length ol" the corolla, dechning; upper ones shorter : anthers oblong, incum- bent, rising: the pistillum is a roundish germ, furrowed, superior: style filiform, the length and situation of the stamens: stigma ob- Insely-lhree-cornered, rising : the pericarpium is an ovate-tlnee- lobed capsule, three-cornered, three-celled, three-valvcd: the seeds very many, and roundish. The species are: X.JI.Jiava, Yellow Day-Lily; 2. H.fuha, Cop- })er-coloured Day-Lily. The first has strong fibrous roots, to which hang knobs, or tubers, like those of the Asphodel, from Avhicli come out leaves, two leel long, with a rigid midrib, the two sides drawing inward, so as to form a sort of gutter on the upper side: the flower-stalks rise two feet and a half high, having two or three longitudinal furrows; these are naked, and at the top divide into three or four short peduncles, each sustaining one pretty large yellow flower shaped like a Lily, having but one petal, with a short tube, spreading open at the brim, Avherc it is divided into six parts ; these have an agreeable scent, from which some have given them the title of Yellow Tuberose. It is a nativeof Siberia, &c. flowering in June. 222 There is a variety wilb smaller roots; the leaves are not near so long, have not more than half the breadth, and are of a dark green colour: the flower-stalk is a foot and half high, naked and com- pressed, Avithout furrows ; at the top are two or three yellow tlowers, which are nearer the bell-shape than the others, and stand on shorter peduncles. The second species is a much larger plant than the first, and the roots spread and increase much more; the roots have very strong fleshy fibres, to which hang large oblong tubers: the leaves are near three feet long, hollowed like those of the former, turning back to- ward the top: the flower-stalks arc as thick as a man's finger, and rise near four feet high; they are naked, without joints, and branch- ing at the top, where are several large copper-coloured flowers, shaped like those of the Red Lily, and as large. These flowers never conti- nue longer than one, but there is a succession of flowers on the same plants for a fortnight or three weeks. It flowers in July and August. Culture. — These plants are easily increased by planting the off- sets taken from the roots in autumn in any situation, as they are ex- tremely hardy. They afterwards require no other culture, but to keep them clean from weeds, and to allow them room, that their roots may spread. The first sort may also be increased by seeds, which should be sown in autumn. The plants come up in the following spring, and these will flower in two years. A moist soil and shady situation are the best suited to their growth ; their size, and the great increase of their roots, especially in the second sort, render them most proper for large gardens and plan^ tations, where they produce much variety and etiect. 223 ■ 2. HIBISCUS SYRIACUS. ALTHEA FRUTEX. Tins genus furnishes plants of the shrubby and flowery exotic kinds. It belongs to the class and order Monadelphia Folijandria, and ranks in the natural order of Co/iim/ufcrce. The characters arc : that the calyx is a double perianlhium : outer many-leaved, permanent: leaflets linear: more rarely one-leafed, rnany-cleft: inner one-leafed, cup-shaped, half five-cleft, perma- nent: or five-toothed, deciduous : the corolki has five petals, round- ish-oblong, narrower at the base, spreading, fastened at bottom to the tube of the stamens: the stamina have very many filaments, united at bottom into a tube, at top (in the apex and surface of this) divided and loose: anthers kidney-form: ihc pislillum is a roundish germ: style filiform, longer than the stamens, five-cleft at top: slig- mas headed : the pericarpium is a five-celled capsule, five-valved: partitions contrary, doubled : the seeds solitary or several, ovate- kidney-form. The species cullivatcd are: 1. //. Sijriaciis, Syrian Shrubby Hi- biscus, or Althnea I'rulex; 2. II. Trionimi, Bladder Hibiscus, Blad- der Ketmia, or Flower of an Hour; 3. II. Rosa ^iitiensis, China Rose Hibiscus; 4. H. mulabiUs, Changeable Rose Hibiscus, or Marlinico Rose. The first rises with a shrubby stalk to the height of six or seven feet, sending out many woody branches, covt;red with a smooth gray bark: the leaves have ihe upper part frequently divided into three lobes, placed alternately on the branches, and stand on short foot- stalks: the fiowers come out from the wings of the stalk at every joint of the same year's shoot; they are large, and shaped like those 224 of the mallow, having five large roundish petals, which join at, iheir base, spreading open at the top in the shape of an open bell: these, appear in August, and if the season is not too warm, there is a suc- cession of liowers part of September. The early flowers are suc- ceeded by short capsules; but unless the season proves warm, they do not ripen in this climate. It is usually termed Althaa frutex by the nursery gardeners. It is a native of Syria. There are varieties with pale purple flowers, with dark bottoms; with brigiit purple flowers, with black bottoms; with white flowers, with purple bottoms; with variegated flowers, with dark bottoms, called Fainted Ladi/ Althcpa fruici-, with pale yellow flowers, wilh dark bottoms; with variegated leaves, and witli double flowers. The second species rises wilh a branching stalk a foot and a half liigh, having many short spines which are soft : usually the leaves are divided into three lobes, which are deeply jagged almost to the midrib; these jags are opposite, and the segments are obtuse: the flowers come out at the joints of the stalks upon pretty long pedun- cles; the outer calyx is composed of ten long narrow leaves, which join at their base; the inner is of one thin leaf, swollen like a bladder, cut into five acute segments at the top, having several longitudinal purple ribs, and is hairy ; both these are permanent, and enclose the capsule after the flower is past: the flower is composed of five ob- tuse petals, which spread open at the top, and form an open bell- shaped flower; these have dark purple bottoms, but are of a pale sulphur colour above, tinged sometimes partially Avith pale purple on the outside, where they are also ribbed: the capsule is ovate, the consistence of paper, pustuled with protuberances occasioned by the seeds, villose and black. It is annual, growing naturally in Italy, &c. The flowers are of short duration, in hot weather continuing only a few hours open; but there is a succession of them daily for a considerable time, in June, July, and August. It has been long known by the title of Venice Mallow. There are varieties with erect purplish stems, and the flowers larger, and their colour deeper; and with large paler-coloured flowers. " - ' 225 The third, in its native situation, grows to the size of an ordinary tree; but here it is shrubby, the stem round, erect, with alternate, spreading branches, that are wand-hke, leafy, brownish-green, and nearly smooth : the leaves alternate, spreading, unequally and coarsely serrate, entire at the base, five-nerved, bright green, very smooth, except the young ones, which are slightly downy; their pe- tioles are round, downy on the upper side: the stipules in pairs, opposite, at the base of the petioles, linear, acute, deciduous : the flowers axillary, solitary, peduncled, large, of a deep scarlet colour, resemblinsf a double rose. It is common in China and the East Indies. It is rare with single flowers. The fourth species has a pale stem, single, smooth, spreading out wide into leafy branches at top; the w'ood resembling that of the fig: the leaves are the same size Avith those of the vine, having the roughness of fig leaves, and the form of both, or rather of the angu- lar leaves of ivy; whitish underneath: the petioles rough, thick, three or four inches in length: the peduncles thicker towards the top, sometimes tinged with red, sustaining large handsome flowers, which alter in their colour, as at their first opening they are while, then they change to a blush rose-colour, and as they decay they turn to a purple. Martyn remarks, that in the West Indies all their altera- tions happen the same day; but that in England, where the flowers last near a week in beauty, the changes are not so sudden. It is a native of the East Indies, &c. The period of its blowing in the stoves of this climate is November and December. It varies Avith double flowers, from which the single is frequentlv produced; but the seeds of the single seldom vary to the double kind. Culture, — The first sort is increased by seeds, layers, and cuttings. The seeds should be procured from abroad, and sown in pols filled with light earth in the early spring months, ])lunging them in a gentle hot-bed to bring them forAvard, or on a border in a Marm exposure. They should be watered during the summer, and be pro- tected from frost in the winter. ^Mien they have had two years 2 (i 226 growth, ihey may be set out in nursery rows, or be planted where they are to remain. The layers should be laid down in the autumn, the shoots being cut on the backs at one or two Joints, and well laid into the ground. They are generally well rooted in twelve months, when they may be taken off and removed to where they are to remain. The cuttings of the young shoots should be planted in pots of light earth in the early spring, plunging them in a mild hot-bed; or they may be planted in a shady border in the summer season. When well rooted, they should be carefully taken up and planted w^iere they are to remain, either in the autumn or spring. The second sort is increased by sowing the seed either in the au- tumn or spring, in the places where the plants are to flower, in patches of several seeds together. When they come up, they should be thin- ned out to two or three plants in each patch. The two last sorts may be increased by sowing the seeds in the early spring months, in [pots filled with rich light mould, plunging them in a moderate hot-bed under glasses, or, what is better, in the bark-bed of the stove. W hen the plants are up, and have attained two or three inches in growth, they should be removed into separate small pots, watering them well, and replunging them in the hot-bed, where they must be kept. They may likewise sometimes be raised by planting cuttings of the young shoots in pots of the same sort of earth, in the spring or summer, giving them water, and plunging them in the bark hot-bed. They should afterwards be managed as the others. The two first hardy sorts are highly ornamental in the borders and clumps, among other flowery plants; and the two last tender sorts produce much variety by their beautiful flowers in the stove and con- servatory collections. Ff'JO JJr„w,, hJ'ydi:.hu7-Jr PLATE XXIX. 1. IXIA CHINENSIS. CHINESE IXIA. This genus contains plants of the herbaceous, bulbous, and tu- berous root perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Triandria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Eiisatce. The characters are: that the calyx is a spathc, bivalve, inferior, shorter than the corolla : valves oblong, permanent, the exterior wider, sheathing the interior: the corolla one-petalled, regular, superior: tube filiform, gradually enlarged, straight: border regular, bell- shaped, six-parted: divisions oblong, obtuse, equal, spreading: the stamina have three filaments, thread-subulate, inserted into the tube near the orifice, shorter than the corolla: anthers oblong, furrowed: the pistillum is an inferior, triangular germ: style simple, filiform, upright: sligmas three, liliform: the pericarpium is an ovate capsule, three-sided, obtuse, three-celled, tliree-valved : the seeds several, i-oundish, smooth. The species cultivated arc: 1.7. /j////wco(i/«w. Crocus-leaved Ixia ; 2. I.Chinensis, Chinese Ixin; 3. /. rosea. Rose-coloured Ixia; 4. /. bul- bifera. Bulb-bearing Ixia; 5. /. arista to. Bearded Ixia; 6. I.Jieiuosa, Bending-slalked Ixia; 7- I. poli/stac/iia. Many-spiked Ixia; 8.1.ma- culata. Spotted Ixia; 9- /• crocatu. Crocus-flowered Ixia. The first has a roundish bulb, placed on the withered bulb, double the size of a pea, white, covered with a bay-coloured skin: the leaves three or four, in the flowering plant radical, in the fruiting cauline, spreading liorizon tally, half a i'ool or thereabouts in leiiglli, sinoolli, sliarpish : the stem solitary, upright, tno inches high, above the up- 228 perinost leaf, convex on one side, flat on the other; in the fruiting plant a little higher, in the cultivated one sometimes half a foot in height: the spathe terminating, two-valvctl: leaflets narrow-lanceolate, acute, concave, opposite ; one upright, green, almost the length of the corolla; the other a lilllc shorter, green on the back, but otherwise membranaceous and pellucid, patulous, whence the flower becomes as it were laleial. It is inodorous, and a native of Italy, flowering about the middle of April. It varies wilh white and yellow flowers, with purplish and yellow flowers, wilh blue and white flowers, with white flowers, and with variegated flowers. , The second species has the scape round, fistulous, jointed, up- right, simple at bottom, panicled-dichotomous or trichotomous at top, smooth, almost the thickness of a finger, two feet high: the leaves alternate, embracing, equitant, acute, entire, striated, smooth, the lower a little longer, about half the length of the stem, a span long and more: the flowers from the tips of the branches of the pa- nicle, in lunbels, irom three to seven, peduncled: peduncles striated, one-flowered, an inch long: the spalhe under the divisions and the umbel, withered. In India, the stalks rise to the height of five or six feet, but in this climate they are seldom more than half that height. The flowers are of a yellow colour within, and variegated with dark red spots; the outside is of an orange colour: these appear in July and August, and in warm seasons are succeeded by seeds. It is a native of the TEast Indies, &c. The third has an ovate bulb, smooih, sidDtruncaled: the scape three (or four) cornered, sheathed at bottom, branched, few-flowered, smooth, from a hand to a span in height: the leaves acute, grooved, smooih, the lowest, which is the longest, frequently double the length of the scape, or more, is lax and reflex ; llie iwo or three others are about the length of the scape, and upright: the flowers at the ends of the branches rather large, coming out one after the oilier: the outer spalhe ovate, green; inner lanceolate, acute, membrana- ceous, sheathing the capsule. It varies with the three inner segments of the corolla yellow, and 229 the three outer green; with the three inner white-yellow, the three outer greenish ; with the three inner blue-while, the three outer greenish; with the three inner white, the three outer green; with corollas wholly yellow; or wholly blue, or rose-coloured with a yellow base ; also in the size of" the flowers. The fourth species has the scape simple or branched, somewhat compressed, striated, smooth, sheathed at bottom with leaves, from a hand to a fool in height : the leaves nerved and striated, distich, upright, smooth, a span long: the flowers three or more, large, wilh the rachis between the flowers flexuose : the spalhe nerved and netted, gray, with a dusky lip: tube of the corolla only a line in length: border divided beyond the middle, but not to the tube: seg- ments large, ovate-oblong, very blunt, s|)rcading. It varies with the corolla purple, red and white, yellow; wilh llie scape very short and sini|)le, higher and branched, and bulbilerous. The fifth has a netted bulb, the size of a hazel mil: lh(^ scape simple, round, upright, smooth, from a hand lo a foot in height and more: the leaves four or five, linear, five-nerved, the middle nerv^e and edges thicker, acute, upright, shorter by half than ihc scape : the flowers j)ointing one way (very seldom one only) on two branches, often from five to nine on a scarcely flexuose rachis : the spathes submembranaceous, awn-toothed: the corollas white flesh- coloured. It varies with the segments of the borders of the corolla of a deep and elegant purple-violet colour within, three of ihem of the same colour on the outside, but the three others allernalely of a pale dirty violet; one of these with two on the side of it has a double band in the throat meeting at one end; and, according to Mr. Salisbury, Avith whitish corollas, having a pur{)le star, violet-coloured and yel- low. In Miller's figures, with ihe corolla of a beautiful jnirple on the oulsid(% but while within, and the stem terminated by two or three flowers; widi the stalk terminated by two large flowers; the outside of a violet colour, edged wilh Avhile, and the inside pale blue; and with one flower, and ihe corolla of a most beautiful purple co- lour both within and without. 230' The sixth species has a ver}' small round bulb: the leaves three or four, long, slender, grass-like, dark green: the stem very slender, round, a foot and halt" high: at the lop the flowers are collected in a spike sitting close to the stalk, each having a thin, dry spathe, which covers the capsule after the flower is fallen. The corolla is pure white, and small. The seventh species has a bulb the size of a hazel nut: the leaves three or four, many -nerved, upright, smooth, half the length of the scape: the scape round, smooth, upright, many-spiked, from a foot to two feet in height: the branches alternate, capillary, upright, a finger's length: the flowers on the scape and branches in spikes, on a flexuose racliis of a finger's length : the spathes submembranaceous and awned. The flowers appear in May. . . Jt varies with the corollas yellow and violet, of one colour. The eighth species has the bulb double the size of a hazel nut; the leaves three, four, or five, many-nerved, half the length of thg scape: the scape usually simple, seldom many-sj)iked, round, up- right, from a span to a foot high and more : branches filiform, upright, or spreading very much: flowers in terminating spikes, on a flexuose rachis : spathes membranaceous, gray at the base, brown at the tip, somewhat jagged: the corolla, above the mouth of the tube, has a dusky spot at the base of the border. According to Miller, the stalk is slender, stiff', a foot and half long, naked to the top, Avhere it is terminated by a round bunch of flowers, each enclosed in an oblong spathe, which is permanent, and splits open on one side: the flowers are on short peduncles, deep yellow with a dark-purple bottom. It flowers in May and June. The ninth has the bulb a little larger than a hazel nut: the leaves about five, reflex-subfidcalc, many-nerved, from an inch to a finger's length, half or one-third ol' the length of the scape: the scape simple, round, or branched, souicwhat flatted, flexuose, upright, smooth, from a hand to a span in height: the branches spreading very much, naked, like the scape: the bractes gray at the base, ferruginous at the tip, slightly toothed and jagged : the floweis pointing one way, handsome, bell-shaped, witii a sliort tube, orange-coloured with a 231 paler hyaline or transparent mark above the mouth of the tube ; seldom two, but most commonly five or seven. It is one of the handsomest of the Ixias, and like olher sorts becomes handsomer and more branched by cultivation. It varies with a short, simple, few-flowered scaj)c, and a dark spot above the windowed or hyaline one, with a lolly, many-spiked, many-flowered scape, and v/ith bright red flowers. Culture. — ^These plants may be increased by seeds or oflf-sets. The seeds of such sorts as can be procured should be sown in pots filled with light earth, in the sj)ring, plunging them in a mild hot-bed, AVhen the plants have attained some growth, they should be removed into separate pots of the same earth, being placed under the protection of a frame till they have taken rool. They should be placed during the winter in a hot-bed frame. They may afterwards be removed into warm borders, being prolecled from frosts in the winter, and a few retained in pots under the frame, or in u dry stove They are three or four years in flowering when raised from seeds. The common way is therefore to increase them by planting off- sets from the roots, which are afforded in great plenty ; the proper season for this is in the early spring, before the shooting of the root, when the roots should be removed, and the ofi-sets taken off and planted out. The old roots should not be removed oflencr than every three years. When the stems and leaves decay to the roots in the borders in autumn, they should be covered over with tan a few inches thick, to protect them from frost and the depredations of mice. The hardy sorts serve to adorn the borders in the o\wn ground, and the other tender sorts among other potted green-house plants, that require protection in winter. 232 2. IBERIS GIBRALTARICA. GIBRALTAR CANDY TUFT. This genus contains plants of the herbaceous, annual, peren- nial, and under-shrubby kinds. It belongs to the class and order Tetradynamia Siliculosa, and ranks in the natural order of Siliquosce, or Cruciformes. The characters are : that the calyx is a four-leaved perianthium: leaflets obovate, concave, spreading, small, equal, deciduous: the corolla is four-petalled, unequal: petals obovate, obtuse, spreading: claws oblong, upright: of these the two exterior petals are far larger, and equal to each other : the two interior very small, reflex : the stamina have six awl-shaped filaments, upright: of which the two lateral ones are shorter: anthers roundish: the pistillum is a roundish, compressed germ : style simple, short: stigma obtuse: the pericar- pium is an upright, suborbiculate, compressed silicic, emarginate, surrounded by a sharp edge, two-celled : partition lanceolate : valves navicular, compressed, carinated: the seeds a iew, and subovate. The species are : 1. /. umbellata. Purple Candy-tuft; 2. 1. amara, White Candy-tuft; 3, I. UnifoUa, Flax-leaved Candy-tuft; 4. /. odo- rata. Sweet-scented Candy-tuft; 5. /. rotund/folia. Round-leaved Candy-tuft; 6. I. semperjioreus, Broad-leaved Evergreen Candy-tuft; 7- 1, sempervirens. Narrows-leaved Evergreen Candy-tuft; 8. I. Gibral- tarica, Gibraltar Candy-tuft. The first has an annual root, Avhite, oblong, fusiform : the stem upright, leafy, half a foot, or from a span to a foot in height, suban- gular, green, smooth, branching: the leaves arc frequent, alternate, lanceolate, acuminate, smooth: the flowers in a hemispherical co- rymb, on peduncles half an inch in length, of a pale purple colour. It is a native of the south of Europe, flowering in June and July. 233 There are varieties with bright purple riowers, and \Mih white flowers. The second species resembles the first very much, but is smaller: the stem is seven or eight inches high, pubescent, somewhat rugged, branched : branches ditiused, alternate, the lower ones sometimes opposite, not rising all to the same height : the leaves are alternate, oblanceolate, or linear-lanceolate, blunt, sessile, decurrent, bright green, thickish, smooth, the lower ones serrate, the rest toothletted, especiallv in front, or with a tooth or two on each side: the flowere white, in a terminating spike-like raceme; or rather, in a corymb lengthened into a raceme as the inflorescence advances. It is a na- tive of Switzerland, tness of Its flowers, as also for its early a])pearance in the spring, being gene- rally in perfection in February or the beginning of March, accordinc^ to the season. '^ Marlyn observes, that " like the Hyacinth and Narcissus, it will blow within doors in a water-glass, but stronger in a small pot of »■■: 242 sand or sandy loam, and a few flowers will scent a whole apart- ment." The twentieth species has narrow, flat, glass-like leaves, about a foot lomr, of a lioht-green colour; between these arise the stalks about six inches high, having two narrow leaves much longer than ihe stalks: the flowers two or three, small: the petals have a broad yellow line with purple stripes; the three lalls are of a light purple colour striped with blue, and have a convex ridge running along ihem: the others are of a reddish purple variegated with violet; they have a scent like fresh plums. It is a native of Austria, flowering in June. The twenty-first has a knobbed root, blackish on the outside, whitish within, with long pale fibres: the stem round, very slightly compressed, straight or a little flexuose, from two to three feet in height, taller than the leaves: the flowers commonly two, on short peduncles, each involved in its spathe; sometimes there are three; they have no scent: the colour blue- purple; but under the stigmas the reflex petals are more inclined to red: upright petals flat, and usually quite entire. According to Miller, the flowers have light blue standards, and purple variegated falls, having a broad white line in the middle instead of the beard. It is a native of Germany, &c. flowering in July. The twenty-second species has a higher stem, the scape a foot hioh or more, dividing at top, three-flowered or many-flowered, longer than the leaves; which are nerved and flat: the flowers blue, in brown scariose spalhes: the inner petals are upright: the germ trigonal, not grooved at the angles. It is a native of Siberia, &c. flowering in j\lav and June. The twenty-third has a solid sub-bulbose root, surrounded by whitish fibres, and throwing out other tubers: the stem upright, roundish, two feet high, simple : the root-leaves acuminate, quite entire, somewhat rigid, distich, flat, keeled at the base, above simple, from upright spreading, few: the flowers few, coming out succes- sively from the same spathe, yellow, without scent, peduncled : the petals have a black shining glandular hole or pit, like that which is ::43 common to several species ol' Uaiuinculus. It is a luilivc c.l Maih- nico; flowering in November and December. The twenty-fourlh species has the scape ronnd, jointed, villosc, simple, a foot high, sustaining one or two flowers: the leaf some- what channelled, striated, villosc, the length of the scape: the spathes acute, striated, smooth, two inches long: the peduncles subancipi- tal, one-flowered, smooth: all the petals united at the base: the three outer several limes bigger than the others, ovale, obtuse en- tire: the three inner much narrower and shorter by half, lanceolate, acute. This beauliful flower is orange-coloured, with black spots and dots at the base, and a heart-shaped blue spot above the bases which at bottom is tomentose and black. It is a native of the Cape. The twenty-fifth has a tuberous root; liiere arise from it five or six long narrow fi)ur-cornered leaves, and from between these the stalk, supporting one small flower, of a dark purple colour. It flow- ers in April, but does not produce seeds in this climate. It is a na- tive of the Levant. CM/^«re.— Most of the sorts may be readily increased, by parting the roots or separating the oft-sets from the bulbs, and planting them out in the situations where they arc to flower: the first sort in the autumn, or very early in the spring, and the latter in the close of summer, when the leaves decay, managing them in llie same manner as other bulbs. As they increase and spread rapidly in their roots, they should be divided and taken off every two or three years. New varieties of the ditlcrent sorts may be raised from seed, by sowing it in the autumn in a bed of fight sandy mould. The plants come up in the following spring, and in the autumn may l^e trans- planted where they arc to grow. I'liey flower a year or two after- wards. The bulbous-rooted sorts succeed best in such soils as are of the light, sandy, loamy kind. The last sort answers most perfectly in such aspects as arc towards the east, the roots being prevented from going loo deep. As the second sort is liable to be injured by severe winters, a 244 few should be planted in poLs to have protection. This sort is well suited for forcino;. When planted in the open ground, it requires a rather dry soil and situation. The Cape sorts should be retained in tlie dry stove, and be pro- pagated and managed in the same manner as other bulbous-rooted plants of the same kind. All the sorts are proper for affording variety in the borders, clumps, and other parts of pleasure-grounds; and some of the more tender sorts among potted plants of similar growths. Tainted hy SyJ EJwarJj Xcn/i'ii J^ji/MfJ J.m 1 Mfli h^ G.KeiiKrlfvM-i-t-Shi',-! £nar,ivfj ly FSan/am PLATE XX XL 1. K ALMI A G LA UCA. GLAUCOUS KALMIA. This genus contains plants ol" llic hardy evergreen shrubby kind. It belongs to the class and order Decaiiclria Monogyniu, and ranks in the natural order of" Bionics. The characters arc: that llic calyx is a rivc-))artcd perianthium, small, permanent: segments subovate, acute, rather columnar: the corolla one-j)elalled, salver-funnel-form : tube cylindric, longer than the calyx: border with a flat disk ; the margin uprighl, halt-five-clef't: ten nectariferous hornlels projecting outwardly ti'oni the corolla, and surrounding it where the border of it is upright: the stamina have ten awl-shapcd filaments, ui)right-si)rcading, rather sliurler than the corolla, inserled into the base of the corolla: anthers simple: the pistillum is a roundish germ : style-lhn ad-toi ni, longcM- than the co- rolla: bent down: sligma obtuse: the peril arpium a capsule, sub- globose, depressed, five-celled, (ive-valved, iive-parlite: the seed numerous. The species cultivated are: 1. K.lafit'ofla, liroad-leaved Kalmia; 2. A", aiigiistifo/ia. Narrow-leaved Kalmia; 3. A', g/aiica. Glaucous Kalmia; 4. A. hivsuta. Hairy Kalmia. The fust rises with a branching stalk to the height of len or twelve feet, wilh very stiff leaves, which arc two inches long and one broad, of a lucid green on their up|)er side, but of a pah; green on their under: they have short foot-stalks, and stand without order lound the branches: between these the buds are (brined Ibi' ihe next year's flowers, at the extremity of ihe branches; these butls swell during 246 the autumn and spring months, till the beginning of June, when the flowers burst out from their empalements, forming a round bunch, or corymbus, sitting very close to the branch: they are of a pale blush colour, the outside of the petal a peach colour. In its native soil it continues flowering a great part of the summer, and is highly orna- mental. It is a native of Carolina. The noxious qualities of this elegant shrub lessen its value. The second species rises from three to six feet high, dividing into small woody branches, which are very close, and covered with a dark- gray bark: the leaves are stiff, about two inches long, and half an inch broad, of a lucid green, placed without order upon the branches, on slender foot-stalks: the flowers are in loose bunches on the side of the branches, upon slender peduncles: they are bright red when they first open, but afterwards fade to a blush or peach-bloom colour- There are varieties, with pale and deep-red flowers, differing in their habit: the latter, the most humble of the two, not only produces the most brilliant flowers, but in greater abundance. It is reputed poisonous to sheep and cattle in North America, where it is a native. The third is much inferior in size to the first, rarely exceeding- two feet in height. It is a native of Newfoundland, flowering in April and May. The fourth species is usually in height from two to three feet, growing upright: the flowers are about the same size with those of the preceding, are of a purple colour, and grow in racemes: the stalk, leaves, and calyx are covered with strong hairs. It is a native of Carolina. Culture. — These plants are increased by seeds, layers, and suckers. The first sort is mostly raised from seeds procured from America, Avhich should be sown in pots or boxes of light sandy mould, in the spring, plunging them in an easterly border, or in beds of light mould in the same aspect. When placed on a gentle hot-bed they succeed better. They must, however, be inured to the full air in summer, being sheltered during the winter from frost. When the 247 plants have had U\o years' growth, they may l)c removed into sepa- rate pots, to be continued two or more years, when they may be pkmted out in the open ground in warm situations. The second sort is mostly increased by layers, which should be made from the young shoots, and laid down in the early autumn. When they are w^ell rooted, in a year or two, they may be taken off, and planted in pots separately filled with bog earth, or in a warm border of the same sort of earth. This is more hardy than the former. The third sort is increased in the same way as the first, and re- quires similar management. The fourth is preserved with difficulty in this climate, but may be raised by layers. The most of the plants may likewise be increased by suckers, which should be taken off and planted in the spring, in nursery rows, for two or three years, when they may be removed to the places where they are to grow. These plants, in the more hardy sorts, afford ornament and variety in the fronts of shrubbery borders and clumps; and in the more tender sorts, among other potted green-house plants. 2. LINUM AllBOKEUM. TREE FLAX. This genus contains plants of the herbaceous, annual, and peren- nial shrubby kinds. It belongs to the class and order Peniandria Pentogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Gruinales. The characters are: that the calyx is a five-leaved lanceolate perianthium, upright, small, permanent: ihc corolla funnel-form: petals five, oblong, gradually wider above, obtuse, more spreading, us large: the stamina have five awl-shaped filaments, upright, length of the calyx (also five rudiments, alternating): antheis simple, arrowed: the j)istilium is an ovate germ : styles five, filifiDrm, upright, length of the stamens: stigmas simple, reflex: the pericarpium a globose capsule, rudely pentagonal, tcn-valved, gaping at the tip: partitions membranaceous, very thin, connecting the valves: the seeds solitary ovate-flattish, acuminated, smooth. The species are: \. L.usitatissimum, Conmion Flax; 2. L. pe- reiDie, Perennial Flax; S.L.sufj'niticosum, Shrubby Flax; 4. L. arho^ rcum. Tree Flax; 5. L. Africaniun, African Flax. The first has an annual, simple, fibrous, pale brown root : the stem upright, eighteen inches, two tieet, and even more in height, round, smooth, leafy, branched only at top; the leaves are sessile, growing close together, almost upriglit, perfectly entire: the flowers large, growing in a panicle, on round smooth peduncles: the calycine leaf- lets ovate-keeled, with a ujcnibranous edge, when magnified appear- ing to be fringed with hairs: the petals wedge-shaped, deciduousj sky-blue, streaked with deeper-coloured lines; white at the claws, and somewhat gnawed at the ti]). It is a native of Egypt, flowering in June and July. It may be said to be one of the most valuable plants in the whole vegetable kingdom; as from the bark of its stalks is manufactured flax or lint, for making all sorts of linen cloth; from the cloth, when worn to rags, is made paper: and from the seeds of the plant linseed oil is expressed, which is much used by painters, and in other arts ; and the refuse, after expression, f )rms the oil-cakes so valuable in the fattening of cattle and sheep. In the second species, from its perennial root rise three or four inclining stalks, having short narrow leaves towards their base, but scarcely any about tiie top: the flowers are produced at the ends of the stalks, sitting very close ; they are blue, and about the size of the cultivated sorl, being succeeded by pretty large round seed vessels, ending in acute points. Its flowers appear from June to August, and are of a delicate texture and very elegant blue colour, and the roots continue four or five years. 249 There is a variety which is procumbent, with smaller flowers. The third has a shrubby stalk a foot high, sending out several branches: the leaves very narrow, coming out in clusters, but on the flowerino- branches broader and longer: the flowers at the ends of the branches, erect, on long slender peduncles: the calyxes acute- pointed: the petals large, entire, wiiite, but before the flowers open pale yellow: ihey appear in July, but the seeds seldom ripen in this climate: the flowering stalks decav in the autunm, but the lower Shrubby part continues with the other branches all the year. It is a native of Spain, &c. The fourth species forms, if not a tree, as its name implies, a shrub of the lieight of several feet: it begins to flower in Marcii, and continues flowering to the close of summ-r; but has not yet produced seeds in this climate. It is a native of the island of Candia. The i'ifih has a suflVuticose stiff stem, a foot high, round, v,ilh simple branches: the leaves are sessile, upright, ..ven, generally shorter than the internodes: the flowers in a terminating umbel, which is four or five deft, with dichotomous rays: the petals arc yel- low with villose claws, and lurning tawny: the calyx acuminate and nifvo-ed at the edoe. It is a native of Africa, flowering in June and July. C;///«?e.— These plants may be increased by seeds and layers, or cuttings. The two first sorts are raised by sowing the seeds in the early spring months, as March or the following month, the former in fields or plantation-grounds, where the soil is fresh, good, and well reduced into order by frequent digging over, or ploughing and harrowing, in narrow drills, or broadcast, and raked or harrowed in with a light harrow ; the plants being afterwards kept perfectly clean from weeds by repeated hoeings. Towards the end of August, when the plauls have attained their full growth, and begin to turn yellow at bottom, and brown at top, and their seeds to ripen, it is proper time to pull them ; though, if it 2 K 250 were not for ibe sake of ihc seed, they might be pulled a little before the seeds ripen, by which the flax is generally better coloured and finer; but if suftered to stand till the seeds are fully ripe, it is commonly stronger, somewhat coarser, and more in quantity. It should be pulled up by lianclfuls, roots and all, shaking off all the mould; then either spreading them on the ground by hand- fuls, or binding them in sniall bunches, and setting them upright against one another, ibr ten days or a fortnight, till they are per- fectly dry, and the seed I'ully hardened, then housed, and the seed ihraslicd out, cleaned, and placed in a dry airy situation, being afterwards pnt up for use. The flax, after being rippled and sorted, should be carried to a pond of nearly slagnaiit water, being placed in it with the bundles crossing each other in difterent di- rections, so as to kcop the whole in a close comj)act state, being kept just below the surface of the water, by proper weights ap- ])iied upon it. It sliould remain in this sleep till the stems become brittle and the i)ark readily separates, when it must be taken out and spread thinly on a short pasture, being occasionally turned imtil it becomes perfectly bleached and dry, when it is in a proper slate for the jjurpose of being converted into flax. The latter, or perennial sort, should be sown in a bed or border of g(K)d earth, in shallow diills at the distance of six inches; and when the plants are two or three inches in height they should be thinned to the same distances, and in autumn be planted out in the places where they are to grow. But it is probably a better practice to sow them at once in the places where they are to grow, thinning them out properly afterwards. . . The three other sorts may be best increased by planting cut- tings of the branches in pots of liglit i'resh earth, plunging them in the tan hot-bed, or by layers laid down in the later summer months. When the plants in either mode have stricken good root, they may be removed into separate pots, and be managed as other tender exotic plants that require the protection of the green- house. 251 Thev ina}' likewise be raised from seeds when they can be pro- cured, which should be sown in pots and placed in a hot-bed in the spring season. A few plants of the two first sorts may be introduced in the clumps and borders of the pleasure-ground; and the three other sorts aflford variety in green-house collections among other potted plants. PLATE XXXII. 1. HELIANTHUS MULTIFLORUS. PERENNIAL SUN-FLOWER. This genus contains plants of the hardy herbaceous flowery kinds. It belongs to the class and order Si/ngenesia Pohjgamia Frustranea^ and ranks in the natural order of Compositm Oppositifolia. 'J'he characters are: that the calyx is common imbricate, some- ■\\hat squarrosc, expanded; scales oblong, broadish at the base, gaping every ^vhere at the lips: the corolla compound radiate: co- roUets hermaphrodite, very numerous in the disk: females fewer, much longer in the ray: proper of the hermaphrodites cylindric, shorter than the common calyx, bellying at the base, orbicular, de- pressed : border five-toolhed, sharp, spreading: of the females ligular, lanceolate, quite entire, very long: the stamina in the hermaphro- dites consist of five filaments, curved, inserted below the belly of the coroilet, the length of the tube: anther cyhndric, tubular: the pislillum in the hermaphrodites is an oblong germ: style filiform, lenoth of the coroilet: stigma two-parted, reflex: in the females, germ very small: style and stigma none: there is no pcricarpium: unchanged calyx: seeds in the hermaphrodites solitary, oblong, blunt, four-cornered, compressed at the opposite angles; the inner ones narrower, crowned with two lanceolate, acute deciduous chaffs; in the females none: the receptacle chafiy, large, flat: chaffs lanceo- late, acute, two separating each seed, deciduous. The species cultivated are: 1. H. annuus, Annual Sun-flower; 2. II. indicus. Dwarf Annual Sun-flower ; 3. H. muUijiorus, Perennial Sun-flower; 4. //. tubcrosus, 'J'ubcrous-rooted Sun-flower, or Jeru- salem Artichoke. FIJ2 ^ 'J'r-n-nniun fii-nfr rluli^A.JJu/^J-M'CS h ('JC"-rjh fT^ ^'^ ' ( nipin,f nvAv/ H' '''• '■' ''" '" 253 There arc several other species of the perennial sort that tuay be cultivated. The first has an annual root: the stem single or branched, from five or six to ten or fourteen feet in lieight, and in hot chmalcs twenty or more; when vigorous, the size of a man's arm: the leaves are alternate, a span or a span and a half in length, and almost as much in breadth, rough, serrate, acuminate, hanging down at the end, on long petioles: the tiower single (somctinics several), nodding, a foot or more in diameter. It is a native of Mexico, flowering from June to October. Marlyn observes, that as to its turning with the sun, it is a vulgar error; Gerarde could never observe il; niul he has seen four flowers on the same stem pointing to the four cardinal points. There are varieties with double flowers, deep yellow, and sulphur- coloured. The second species is perhaps only a variety of the first, though constant; but the leaves are convex above in the disk, and of a darker green. The peduncles are less thickened at top, or rather of an equal thickness every Avhere, whence the flowers nod less. The scales of the calyx, except the inmost row, grow out into petioled pendulous leaflets. It grows only from eighteen inches to three feet in height. It probal)ly comes from Mexico or Peru, The third has the stem and jicduncles scabrous: the leaves cor- date-ovate: the calyxes loosely imbricate, neither squarrose nor drooping, consisting of forty to fifty scales: the stems many, upright, from five or six feet to eight or nine in height, branching, the stem and each branch terminated by a flower, the principal one sometimes nine or ten inches in dian)eLer, the lateral ones gradually smaller : the leaves some opposite, others alternate. There is a constant succession of flowers from July to November. It is a native of Virginia. In the fourth species the stems are several, rough, hairy, streaked, from eight, ten, or twelve to sixteen feet in height, the size of a child's arm: the leaves alternate, light green, rough, pointed, eight 254 ■inches broad, and ten or eleven inches long, deeply serrate, smaHcr towards the top: the branches many, long, from bolton) to top: the tlowers terminating, small; florets in the ray twelve or thirteen.. These seldom blow before October, and in some seasons they do not expand at all. The seeds never ripen here: the roots creeping, with many tubers clustered together, thirty, forty, or fifty from one plant, measuring u peck, or in good soils half a bushel; they are, like the common potatoc, red on the outside, and very irregular in their shape, the size of a man's fist in the largest. It is a native of Brazil. ■ . Culiiire. — All these flowery plants are easily increased, the two first sorts by seeds, and the others by dividing their roots. -.; , _,, .?, ' ,. The seeds should be sown in the early spring months, in the places where the plants are to grow and flower, in patches of three or four seeds together. When the plants are up they may be thinned out to one or two of the best. They may bo had more Ibrward by sowing them on a moderate hot-bed, under glasses, and afterwards transplanting them to the situations where they are to grow. The divided roots may be planted out in the places where they are to remain, either in the autumn or the early spring months. These plants produce a fine ornamental eflect in the back parts of the borders, clumps, and other parts of pleasure-grounds, and by sowing at ditferent times may be kept in flower for a considerable length of time. •, ; In the ])erennial sorts the decayed stems should be cleared away when they begin to decline. They continue long. The last, or tuberous-rooted sort, is increased by planting the smaller roots, or the larger ones cut in pieces, a bud being preserved to each, cither in the spring or autumn, allowing a good distance, as the roots multiply greatly. In the autumn following, when the stems decay, the roots may be taken up for use. AVhen cultivated for a crop, the sets should be planted in an open part of the kitchen-garden, in rows three feet or more asunder, and at least eighteen inches distant from each other, to the depth of 255 four 01 five inches. The bcsl lime is the hitcr cntl of March, in a ii<2;ht soil. The roots may be taken up for use in Septemlicr, and the ■whole crop housed in Ocloljer. When kept in sand in a drv place, ihey conliimo the whole winter very good. 2. IIEDYSAllLM OBSCURUM. CREEPING-ROOTKD HEDYSARUM. This genus contains plants of the herbaceous flowering kind. It belongs to the class and order Diadclpliia Vccaudria, and ranks in the natural order of Papilmiacecr. The characters are: that the calyx is a one-lcafcd perianthium, liaU-fivc-clcft : clefts subulate, upright, permanent: the corolla is papilionaceous, streaked : banner rellex-compressed, ovalc-oblong, emarginate, long: wings oblong, narrower than tlic other petals, straight: keel straiglit, compressed, broader outwardly, transversely blunt, from the base to the swelling part bifid : the stamina have dia- delphous filaments, (simple and nine-cleft,) bent in at a right angle: anthers roundish, comjjressed: the pislilium is a slender germ, com- pressed, linear: style subulate, bent in with the stamens: stigma very simple: the pericarjjium is a legume willi ruuiulish, compressed joints, Iwo-valved, and containing one seed: the seed kidney-shaped and solilar}-. Tiic species chiefly cultivated arc: 1. //. Alhagi, Prickly Hedy- sarnni; 2. II. Caiiadciise, Canadian IJedysarum; 3. II. gipaus. Sen- sitive Iledysarum ; 4. II. coronarium. Common Iledysarum, or French Honeysuckle; 5. ii. /ch/oat/w, Waved-j)odded iledysarum; C. //. liiimUc, Dwarf Iledysarum ; 7. //. spiiiosis.simtan, Prickly Iledy- sarum. The first has the stems shrubby, al)out three feet higli, branching out on every sid : tlic leaves are shaped like those of broad-lcavcd 256 - Knot-grass, very smooth, of a pale green colour, on short foot-stalks. Under these come out thorns, near an inch long, of areddish brown colour. The Howers come out from the side of the branches in sniall clusters, are of a purple colour in the middle, and reddish about the rims. It is a native of the liCvant. The second species is an upright plant, and mostly smooth: the .stem streaked and angular: the leaflets are lanceolate: the stipules awl-shaped. It is perennial, and a native of V^irginia, &c. tiowering in July and August. The third has a branching perennial root (biennial, annual): the stem shrubby, three feet high, wand-like, upright, very smooth, round, without knots: the leaves arc alternate, petioled, hanging down or spreading, often vertical, sometimes simple, but usually ternate, especially in adult plants: the middle leaflet lanceolate, long, flat, quite entire, very smooth, veined; the side ones very small, and seeming rather to be appendicles than leaflets; they are on short petioles, which are remarkable for a motion peculiar to them. The flowers many and nodding. It is a native of Bengal. The fourth species has a biennial root: the stems from two to three feet high, hollow, smooth, and branching: the leaves are com- posed of five or six pairs of oval leaflets, terminated by an odd one: they are alternate, and from the angles which they form with the stem and branches, peduncles come out five or six inches in length, sustaining spikes of beautiful red flowers, which open in June and July, and perfect seeds in September, It is a native of Spain, &c. There is a variety with white flov.crs. The fifth species is annual, and has some resemblance to the foregoing, but is much smr.ller: the stalks rise near a foot high, and the leaves are composed of two or three pairs of ovate leaflets, ter- minated by an odd one: the flowers come out in spikes at the top of the stalks, and are of a pale red, intermixed with a little blue. They appear in July, and are succeeded by jointed pods. It is a native of the Levant. The sixth has a perennial root: the stems half a foot in length, usually with one branch and leaf only: the leaflets obovate-oblong. 13 ^57 villose undenicalli: the spike ovate. It is a native of the South of France, Sec. flowering in July and August. The seventh is an annual plant: the leaflets four or five pairs, with an odd one, narrow and oblong: the stem terminated by small spikes of purple flowers, which are succeeded by small rough le- gumes. It is a native of Spain, &c. Culture. — All these plants are capable of being ruised by sowing the seeds in the early spring. In the first sort they should be sown in pots of light earth, and plunged in a moderate hot-bed. When the i)lants aie of some growth tliey should be removed into separate pots, and be replunged into a very moderate hot-bed, being properly siiaded till ihey are well rooted. They should afterwards be gradually inured to the open air, being protected in winter as there may be occasion. The seeds are often long in coming up. In tlic second sort the seed may be sown in the early spring, as April, on a bed of light fresh earth, or where tiiey are to remain. In the first case they should be removed where they are to grow in the autumn. These plants siiould not be often removed afterwards. The third sort is raised in the same manner as the first, and should have free air in the summer, and be protected occasionally in the winter. The other sorts are all increased in the same manner as the second, being pricked out while young, and in the autumn removed to the places where they are to grow and flower. As the biennial sorts either decay or dwindle after flowering, they should be raised in fresh supplies every year from seed. These plants are very ornamental in the beds, borders, clumps, and other parts of pleasure-grounds, and sonic f)f them among other potted plants. -i t PLATE XXXIII. I. LAVATERA TRTMESTRIS. • /■ ; ANNUAL LAVATERA. This genus contains plants of the herbaceous shrubby perennial kinds. - ■ ' -' • ^ ' . ' «. ■ . . It belongs to the class and order Monadelphia Poli/andria, and ranks in the natural order of Coliojinifera. The characters are: that the calyx is a double perianthium: exte- rior one-leafed, trifid, obtuse, short, permanent: interior one-leafed, half five-cleft, more acute, more erect, permanent: the corolla has five obcordate flat petals, spreading, affixed below to the tube of the stamens: the stamina have numerous filaments, coalescing be'ow into a tube; loose above (gaping at the tip and surface of the tube): an- thers reniform: the pislillum is an orbicular germ: style cylindric, short: stigmas several (seven to fourteen), bristly, length of the style: the pericarpium is an orbicular capsule, composed of as many cells as there are stigmas, bivalve, and articulated in a whorl round the columnar receptacle, at length falling off: the seeds solitary and reniform. The species cultivated are: 1. L. Cretico, Cretan Lavatera; 2. L. trimestris, Common Annual Lavatera; 3. L. Thurhigiaca, Great- flowered Lavatera; 4. L. arborta. Tree Lavatera, or Mallow; 5. L. Olbia, Downy-leaved Lavatera; 6. L. triloba, Three-lobed Lavatera; 7- L. Lusitanica, Portuguese Lavatera. The first has an annual fibrous root of thick fibres, a foot in length, with innumerable other capillary fibres: the stem round, rugged, five feet high, branched: the leaves on long petioles, very soft, tomentose, toothed, seven-angled, the angles of the upper ones li.Vj LtJV/i/rr// 7'///U/'.r/r/.r Lfl/^/tyru.r Sahvi/.r ^l///>7/ff/ Z,t/ yf//i//4 ~ Ji /ai/' n/^wrrr'fl _Lamjntj sharper: the stipules liineeolate, ciliale, bowing at bollom and then erect: llic flowers axillary, about four together, on upright peduncles: the outer caljx cup-shaped, with ovate segnienls: inner a little longer, five-cornered above, with lanceolate segments: the corolla twice the length of the calyx, pale blue, with oblong, emarginale petals: the germ orbicular-flatted, ten-grooved: the stigmas ten: the iVuil smooth, within the calyx: the capsules ten, round a column terminated by a hemisphere with a very small point al toj), disappear- ing when (he iVuit is rij)e, and leaving a hole in the middle ul' the capsules, which then turn black. It is a native ol' the island of Candia or Crete, flowering in July. It varies with red flouers, with wiiite flowers, and with purple floweis. The second has also an annual root, while, with spreading beards: the stem round, two feet high, branched, the lower branches almost horizontal: the leaves crenate-toothed, smooth, on long petioles, gradually narrowed towards the lip: stipules ovale lanceolate, ciliale^ bowed at bo'tom and then siraighl : the flowers solitary, axdlary, on peduncles shorter than the petiole: outer calyx senn-lrifid, "with keeled segments; inner larger, witli lanceolate" segments, curled at the edge: the corolla large, spreading, bell-shaped, pale-flesh-colour, wjih whitish hnes: petals broader above, crenate, frequently rolled up, the edges of the claws deep purple: the gern. very smooth: the style multifid: the stigmas pale-flesh-coloured, longer than the tube, thirteen to eighteen: the fruit hemispherical, convex beneath, covered at lop wjlh a ciicidar concave, smooth lid or peltate um- brella: there are about twenty capsules in a whorl; they are brown, closed all round and not opening, with a longiludinal raised line along the back, elegantly marked on the sides with flexuose streaks drawn from ihe circumference to the centre: the seeds are ferrugi- nous. It is a native of the south of Europe, &c. flowering from Jidv to September. There are srveral varieties. i The third Las the stem five or six feet high, woolly, branched: the' lower leaves heart-shaped, crenate, roundish-lobed: upper hasiale, 26i) on short petioles; the stipules lanceolate: ihe flowers axillary, soli- tary, pefhincled; peduncles longer than ihe leaf: the calyxes sub- lonienlose: the segments of the outer he.irt-shaped, with a very sharp point; ol the inner oblons; acute: the corolla large, spreading, pale violi'i or purplish, shaped like (hose of the Marsh-mallow, but larger: petals emarginale: the capsules about twenty (fourteen) in a wing oi" a papery substance, somewhat sugged, about a columnar receptacle, which has many w ings from the permanent sides of the capsules, like the cogs of a mill-wheel, ending in a conical awl- shaped point: the seeds tlalted a little, snsooth, subcinereous or brown. It is a native of SwedcMi, dowering from July to September. The fourth species rises with a strong thick stalk the height of eight or ten feet (in gardens), tlividing into many branches at the top: in its wild state, when largest, from four to six feet high, and as much as four inches in diameter: the leaves are alternate, numerous, cordate, roundish-seven-angled (some five, and others three-angled), the angles blunt, soft as velvet, shorter than the petioles: the stipules short, smooth, acuniinate at the tip, broad at the base: the tiowers mostly in pairs, sometimes three together, on upright peduncles au inch and a half in length: the outer calyx ovate at the base, divided half way into three broad blunt segments; inner only half the size, divided half way into five sharp segnients: the corolla purplish red, /ith dark blotches at the base, spreading bell-shaped (like that of the common Mallow), an inch or more in diameter: the petals broader at top, narrow at the base, so that the calyx appears between the claws: the cylinder of filaments purple, woolly at the base: the germ very smooth: the style usually eight cleft at top : the stigmas revolute, reddish: the ring or whorl of fruits is seven or eight cap- suled: the common receplack; awl-shaped, with a conoid globule at top, and small crescent shaped lamell2e at the base and the inter- stices of the capsules: the capsules are reniformed-rounded, sharply three-cornered, membranaceous, wrinkled, closed on all sides, pale bay-coloured, not opening: the seeds kidney-shaped, and ash- coloured. It is a native of Italy, &c. flowering from June or July to September or October. 201 The rifdi lias around hianchcd stem, live I'eeLliigii, viilosc at lo]), reddish: llic leaves soft, whitish, loinenlose, unequally serrate; the lower subcordale-hastate, five-angled; the upper ovate, three-cusped. the middle lobe narrowed, acute, oblong: the stipules ovate-lanceo- late, villose: the flowers on short peduncles, axillary, solitary, very seldom two together; terminating ones in a spike: the outer calyx ovate, with roundish-acute segments; inner larger, with lanccolale- acute segments: the corolla large, spreading very much, reddish- purple: the petals with narrowed claws, covered with white hairs, inserted into a flesh-coloured tube: the stamens purple: the germ roundish-compressed, with twenty grooves: the style divided into about twenty parts: the stigmas long, iccurved: the capsules about twenty, black, smooth, fixed in a ring about a thick striated cone: when the seeds are ripe, that part which is next to the axis appears naked, on account of the pellicle which forms the internal part of the capsule adhering to the axis. According to Linnxus, the leaves of the first year are very large, and those of the following much smaller, which is a circumstance common lo this with otlier plants of the same natural order. It is a native of the south of France, flowerino; from June to October. The sixth species has a round branched stem, from three to four feet in height: the leaves are alternate, pelioled, shorter than the petioles, roundish, but with the border so rolled back as to appear triangular: the stipules cordate, broad, acuminate, serrate: the flowers axillary: three peduncles, mostly one-flowered, in each axil, upright, shorter than the petiole: the segments of the outer calyx broad-cordate, acuminate : the inner calyx twice as large, five- cornered, acuminate, with the corners prominent: corolla large, spreading, pale purple, with the claws while, hairy: the capsules about fifteen, in a ring about a column ending in a point. According to Linn^us, the whole plant is tomentose, being covered wiih very small glutinous hairs, with other larger ones slellale at top mixed among them. It is a native of France and Spain, flowering from ,!une lo Se pi ember. 262 The scveiuli is a native of Porlugal, tloweiing in August and September. Culture. — 'J'he first Imo, or annuaUorls, are readily increased, by sowing the seeds in a light soil in the places where the plants are to remain, or in pots, iu the spring season, as about the latter end of March, in patches of four or five in each, giving them water occa- sionally when the weather is dry. AVhen the plants have attained a hllle growth, they should be thinned out to one or two of the strongest plants. When any are to be removed to other places, it should be done at this period, and with a little earth about the roots, due water and shade being given; but they seldom succeed well by transplanting. All the other shrubby perennial sorts may likewise be increased by sowing the seeds, and managing the plants in the same manner. Most of these sorts will not last more than two years in this climate, unless the soil be dry, when they continue three or four. They in general require a warm diy situation, or to have their roots covered by old tan, or the protection of the green-house during the severity of the winter season. They are all highly ornamental in diiYerent parts of pleasure- grounds. The annual sorts have great beauty, in their Howers being large, numerous, and conspicuous, and are proper where large showy-flowering plants are required. The perennial kinds arc also suitable for large borders and shrubbery compartments, having large, straight, upright, durable stems, terminated by branchy bushy heads, and very large soft foliage, that foiin a fine variety in assemblage with other plants, though their flowers are often hidden by then* large leaves. ■ •. 263 2. LATHYRUS SATIVUS. BLUE-FLOWERED LATHYRUS. 'I'h IS genus conlaiiis plants of die herbaceous climbmg (lowcry kinds. It belongs to the class anil order Diadelphiii Decandrkt, and ranks in the natural order of Papi/ioiiacea or Leguminoscc. The characters are : that the calyx is a one-leafed perianlhiuni, half five-cleft, bell-shaped: divisions lanceolate, sharp: the two upper ones shorter ; the lowest longer : (he corolla papilionaceous: standard obcordate, very large, reflex on llie sides and tip: wings oblong, lunulate, short, obtuse: keel half-orbiculate, size of (he wings, and wider than (he wings, gaping inwards in (he middle: (he stamina have diadelphous filamen(s, (single and nine-cleft) rising upwards: anthers, roundish: the pistilluin is a compressetl germ, oblong, linear: style erected upwards, flat, wider above, with sharp lip: stigma, from the middle of (he s(yle (o (lie lip villose in front: the pericarpium is a legume, very long, cviiiulric or coniprcssed, acuminate, one-celled, bivalve: the seeds several, cylindric, globose, or but little cornered. The species cultivated are: 1. L. odorafi/s, Sweet Ladiyi'us, or Pea; 2. L. TinQita/n/s, Tangier I,a(liyrus, or Pea; 3. L. lulij'olius. Broad-leaved Lathyrus, or Everlasting Pea. Several other species may be cul(iva(ed wliere variety is wanted. The first is an annual plant, which rises from three (o four feet high by means of its long claspers or tendrils: the flower-stalks come out at the joints, are about six inches long, and sustain two large flowers, which have a strong odour, anfl are succeeded by oblong- hairy pods, having four five or roundish seeds in each. It is a native of Sicil